[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

WO2016101221A1 - 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备 - Google Patents

资源分配方法、基站和用户设备 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016101221A1
WO2016101221A1 PCT/CN2014/094995 CN2014094995W WO2016101221A1 WO 2016101221 A1 WO2016101221 A1 WO 2016101221A1 CN 2014094995 W CN2014094995 W CN 2014094995W WO 2016101221 A1 WO2016101221 A1 WO 2016101221A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
base station
configuration information
resource configuration
communication
identifier
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/094995
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
马洁
蔺波
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP14908789.2A priority Critical patent/EP3229538B1/en
Priority to PCT/CN2014/094995 priority patent/WO2016101221A1/zh
Priority to CN201480084261.4A priority patent/CN107113785B/zh
Publication of WO2016101221A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016101221A1/zh
Priority to US15/631,624 priority patent/US10674482B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/18—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between terminal devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W92/00—Interfaces specially adapted for wireless communication networks
    • H04W92/16—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices
    • H04W92/20—Interfaces between hierarchically similar devices between access points

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to communications technologies, and in particular, to a resource allocation method, a base station, and a user equipment.
  • the asymmetry of the mobile broadband (MBB) service is very obvious, and the downlink traffic is three times that of the uplink traffic, thus causing The downlink spectrum resources are not enough, and the uplink spectrum resources are often in an idle state.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a resource allocation method, a base station, and a user equipment, which are used to solve the technical problem of low resource utilization in the prior art.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a resource allocation method, including:
  • the second base station receives resource configuration information of the first base station
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the user equipment UE; the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication.
  • the method before the second base station receives the resource configuration information of the first base station, the method further includes:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the sending, by the second base station, the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE includes:
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station
  • the second base station sends the first Before the resource configuration information of the base station, the method further includes:
  • the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE; the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send an establishment request message;
  • the second base station receives the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the second base station sends the The resource configuration information of the first base station includes:
  • the second base station sends a setup response message to the UE, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message is sent by the UE directly to the second Base station.
  • the establishing request message includes the UE And the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and the second base station sends the Resource configuration information of a base station, including:
  • the second base station sends a setup response message to the UE according to the identifier of the UE, where the setup response message includes the first base station resource configuration information, where the setup request message is the UE
  • the first base station sends to the second base station.
  • the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the second base station sends the first Resource configuration information of the base station, including:
  • the second base station receives the identifier information of the UE that is sent by the first base station; the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the second base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second service of the UE Community.
  • the second base station sends the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE After the resource configuration information, it also includes:
  • the second base station sends the data to the UE according to the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the second base station And sending the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE, including:
  • the second base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the first base station.
  • the second base station And sending the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE, including:
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, where the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the first Base The resource configured by the resource configuration information of the station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a resource allocation method, including:
  • the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication.
  • the method before the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, the method further includes:
  • the first base station determines, according to the indication of the second base station, that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends the resource of the first base station to the second base station After the configuration information, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a first message to the UE; the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication;
  • the first base station receives an RRC connection setup request message that is sent by the UE and carries the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the first base station that the UE supports D2D with the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the identifier of the UE in the RRC connection setup request message to the second base station, so that the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response to the UE according to the identifier of the UE.
  • the message, the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the first base station sends the resource of the first base station to the second base station After the configuration information, the method further includes:
  • the first base station sends a first message to the UE; the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication;
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, where the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal receiving strength of a reference signal sent by the second base station;
  • the first base station receives strong signals according to the received signal of the reference signal reported by the UE. Determining that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the identifier information of the UE is used for the second
  • the base station indicates that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station; the second indication information is used to indicate to the UE that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second service of the UE Community.
  • the first base station to the second base station After the sending the identifier information of the UE, and sending the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, the method further includes:
  • the first base station receives the resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier, and sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a resource allocation method, including:
  • the user equipment UE receives resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station;
  • the UE determines a communication resource required for D2D communication according to the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the receiving, by the UE, the resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station includes:
  • the UE receives resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the method further includes:
  • the UE sends the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the sending, by the UE, the setup request message includes:
  • the UE Receiving, by the UE, the first message sent by the first base station; the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication;
  • the UE measures a signal reception strength of the reference signal, and determines, according to a signal reception strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the UE sends the setup request message.
  • the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the UE receives the second
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the base station includes:
  • the setup request message And including the identifier of the UE and the first indication information where the first indication information is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and the UE receives the second base station sends
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station includes:
  • the setup response message that is sent by the second base station according to the identifier of the UE, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message is the UE And sent by the first base station to the second base station.
  • the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message .
  • the UE receives resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station, include:
  • the UE measures, according to the measurement indication sent by the first base station, the second base station sends The signal reception strength of the reference signal;
  • the UE reports the signal reception strength of the reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal reception strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station. And transmitting, to the second base station, identifier information of the UE, where the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the UE receives the second indication information that is sent by the first base station and carries the first identifier, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the UE receives resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second service of the UE Community.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station includes:
  • the UE receives the first identifier corresponding to The resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station includes:
  • the UE receives an RRC connection setup response message sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier, where the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a resource allocation method, including:
  • the second base station receives the resource configuration information of the first base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the UE and the second base station perform D2D communication between the device and the device, and is used to The communication mode of the second base station and the first base station is set to a D2D communication mode;
  • the second base station adopts resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station, and the first A base station performs D2D communication.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station
  • a sending module configured to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the user equipment UE, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure resources that the UE and the base station perform D2D communication between the device and the device.
  • the sending module is further configured to: before the receiving module receives the resource configuration information of the first base station, indicate to the first base station The base station supports D2D communication.
  • the sending module is configured to use resource configuration information of the first base station The configured resource sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the sending module is further configured to send to the user equipment UE Before the resource configuration information of the first base station, sending a reference signal to the UE; the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send an establishment request message;
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the sending module is specifically configured to The UE sends a setup response message, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message is sent by the UE directly to the base station.
  • the establishing request message includes the UE And the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the base station, where the sending module is specifically configured to: according to the identifier of the UE, The UE sends a setup response message, where the setup response message includes the first base station resource configuration information, where the setup request message is that the UE passes the first base The station sends to the base station.
  • the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message .
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the first base station The identifier information of the UE that is sent; the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the base station;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send, according to the identifier information of the UE, resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: in the sending module, according to the identifier information of the UE, After the UE sends the resource configuration information of the first base station, the UE receives the data sent by the first base station;
  • the sending module is further configured to send the data to the UE according to the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the tenth possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect in the eleventh possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, Specifically, the resource configuration information of the first base station is sent to the UE by using the first base station.
  • the receiving module Specifically, it is used to receive an RRC connection setup request message sent by the UE;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, where the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station is configured
  • the resource includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a sending module configured to send resource configuration information of the base station to the second base station, where the resource configuration information of the base station is used to configure a resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication.
  • the base station further includes:
  • a processing module configured to determine, according to the indication of the second base station, that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the base station further includes a receiving module
  • the sending module is further configured to: after sending the resource configuration information of the base station to the second base station, send a first message to the UE; the first message is used to indicate the second to the UE
  • the base station supports D2D communication;
  • the receiving module is configured to receive an RRC connection setup request message that is sent by the UE and that carries the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the base station that the UE supports D2D with the second base station.
  • the sending module is further configured to send the identifier of the UE in the RRC connection setup request message to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the identifier to the UE according to the identifier of the UE. And an RRC connection setup response message, where the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the base station.
  • the base station further includes a receiving module
  • the sending module is further configured to send a first message to the UE, and send a measurement indication to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication;
  • the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal reception strength of a reference signal sent by the second base station;
  • the processing module is further configured to determine that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station according to a signal receiving strength of the reference signal that is reported by the UE that is received by the receiving module;
  • the sending module is further configured to send the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and send second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the identifier information of the UE is used. Instructing the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station; the second indication information is used to indicate to the UE that the UE and the second base station corresponding to the first identifier perform D2D Communication.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second service of the UE Community.
  • the receiving module is further configured to Sending, by the sending module, the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and sending the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, and receiving the Resource configuration information of the base station,
  • the sending module is further configured to send resource configuration information of the base station to the UE.
  • the seventh aspect of the present invention provides a user equipment UE, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station
  • a processing module configured to determine, according to the resource configuration information of the first base station, a communication resource required for D2D communication.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive, by the second base station, a resource that is configured by using resource configuration information of the first base station The resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the UE further includes a sending module
  • the receiving module is further configured to: before receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station, receive a reference signal sent by the second base station, where the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send an establishment request Message
  • the sending module is configured to send the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive a first message sent by the first base station; a message for indicating to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication;
  • the processing module is specifically configured to measure a signal receiving strength of the reference signal, and according to the Determining, by the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the sending module is specifically configured to: after the processing module determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, sending the setup request message.
  • the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the receiving module is specifically used And receiving the setup response message sent by the second base station, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message is directly sent by the UE to the second base station.
  • the fourth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect in the sixth possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, is specifically configured to receive the a setup response message sent by the second base station according to the identifier of the UE, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message is that the UE passes the first The base station sends to the second base station.
  • the setup response message is RRC Connection establishment response message.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: according to the measurement indication sent by the first base station, Measuring a signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station;
  • the sending module is configured to report the signal receiving strength of the reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, the UE support and the After the second base station performs D2D communication, the identifier information of the UE is sent to the second base station; the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the second indication information that is sent by the first base station and that carries the first identifier, and receive the resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station that is corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second service of the UE Community.
  • the receiving module is specifically configured to receive the The second base station corresponding to the first identifier passes the resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the first base station.
  • the sending module is specifically used to The second base station corresponding to the first identifier sends an RRC connection setup request message
  • the receiving module is configured to receive an RRC connection setup response message sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier, where the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a base station, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure resources that the UE and the base station perform D2D communication between the device and the device, and are used to The communication mode of the first base station is set to a D2D communication mode;
  • a processing module configured to perform D2D communication with the first base station by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource allocation method, the base station, and the user equipment provided by the embodiment of the present invention receive the resource configuration information of the first base station by using the second base station, and send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE uses the first base station.
  • the resources configured by the resource configuration information are D2D communication with the second base station or the core network, so that the uplink or downlink resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE, thereby improving resource utilization of the communication system.
  • Embodiment 1 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 1 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention
  • Embodiment 2 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 2 of a resource allocation method provided by the present invention
  • Embodiment 3 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 3 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 4 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 5 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 6 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of Embodiment 8 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 9 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 10 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 11 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 12 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 13 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 14 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 15 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 16 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 16 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 17 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 18 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 19 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 19 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 20 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • 21 is a schematic diagram of another protocol stack provided by the present invention.
  • 22 is a schematic diagram of another protocol stack provided by the present invention.
  • Embodiment 1 of a base station is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 29 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 7 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • Embodiment 4 of a user equipment is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 8 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the terminal involved in the present application may be a wireless terminal or a wired terminal, and the wireless terminal may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to the user, a handheld device with wireless connection function, or is connected to Other processing devices for wireless modems.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a radio access network (eg, RAN, Radio Access Network), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and with a mobile terminal
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the computers for example, can be portable, pocket-sized, handheld, computer-integrated or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with the wireless access network.
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point.
  • Remote Terminal Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
  • a base station (e.g., an access point) referred to in this application may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface.
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may be a base station (BTS, Base Transceiver Station) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B), this application is not limited.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station
  • NodeB evolved base station in LTE
  • LTE NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B
  • the embodiment of the present invention relates to a scenario of a heterogeneous network.
  • the network architecture of the scenario may include a macro base station, at least one micro base station, and at least one UE.
  • the macro base station and the micro base station have a logical connection of an X2 interface, and the macro base station and the An S1 connection is established between the core networks, and the micro base station may establish an S1 connection with the core network, or may not establish an S1 connection with the core network.
  • connection between the UE and the micro base station according to the embodiment of the present invention is a device to device (Device to Device, hereinafter referred to as D2D) connection, that is, the micro base station and the UE involved in the embodiment of the present invention are both
  • D2D Device to Device
  • the transmission of the command is the exchange of data.
  • the communication mode between the two is the D2D communication mode, and the micro base station and/or the UE can multiplex the uplink or downlink resources of the macro base station, thereby improving the resource utilization in the entire communication system. rate.
  • the first base station in the following embodiments is a macro base station
  • the second base station is a micro base station
  • the second base station may be one, or multiple, each The operations performed by the second base station are the same.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 1 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the second base station has the capability of performing D2D communication with the UE, and the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the method includes:
  • the second base station receives resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the first base station may periodically send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, or may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station after detecting that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and further The resource configuration information of the first base station may be sent to the second base station by using other triggering manners. Therefore, the second base station may receive the resource configuration information of the first base station periodically, or may perform the D2D communication by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station in a preset time period. After the preset time elapses, the resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station are released.
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure a resource that the UE and the second base station perform D2D communication between the device and the device.
  • the second base station may perform processing such as parsing or decoding the resource configuration information of the first base station, or may use the resources of the first base station.
  • the configuration information is transmitted to the UE in a format recognizable by the UE, so that the UE can determine, according to the resource configuration information, resources required for the UE to perform D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the UE in this embodiment supports D2D communication
  • the second base station also supports D2D communication by default, so the communication mode between the UE and the second base station is a D2D communication mode.
  • the UE may determine, according to the resource configuration information of the first base station, a resource for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the resource may be an uplink resource of the first base station. It can also be the downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station may further include a physical resource block parameter, and the UE may learn, according to the physical resource block parameter, a data or signaling format when the UE performs D2D communication with the core network or other network element devices. Therefore, the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station is used for data transmission or signaling interaction with the core network or other network element device in a D2D communication mode. That is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the uplink or downlink resources of the first base station may be multiplexed by the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station, thereby improving resource utilization of the communication system.
  • the resource allocation method provided by the embodiment of the present invention receives the resource configuration information of the first base station by using the second base station, and sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE uses the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the configured resource performs D2D communication with the second base station or the core network, so that the uplink or downlink resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE, thereby improving resource utilization of the communication system.
  • the second embodiment of the present invention relates to a specific process in which the first base station learns that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the method further includes:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station can detect whether it has the capability of D2D communication.
  • the second base station can determine whether it has the capability of D2D communication by detecting whether the D2D module is installed.
  • the D2D module can be a physical board. It may also be a program that supports D2D communication. which is When the entire network architecture is deployed, a physical board with D2D communication capability may be deployed on the second base station, or a program supporting D2D communication capability at the second base station may be loaded.
  • the first base station may send the indication information to the first base station. After receiving the indication information, the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication.
  • the indication information may be reported to the first base station in the form of RRC signaling, or may be reported to the first base station in the form of other signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the form of the indication information, as long as the first After receiving the indication information, the base station learns that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station may report the capability of supporting the D2D communication to the operation management and maintenance station (OAM) or the OAM actively monitors whether the second base station supports the D2D communication, so that the OAM can be informed.
  • OAM operation management and maintenance station
  • the operation manager performs some corresponding configuration on the first base station by using the OAM, so that the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and then sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the second base station may be instructed to establish a D2D cell by communicating with the D2D terminal, that is, the second base station may be regarded as having a D2D.
  • the cellular through terminal of the communication capability can communicate with the D2D terminal in the D2D communication mode. Therefore, the first base station may send another indication information to the second base station, where the indication information may carry resources of the first base station.
  • the second base station may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the resource of the first base station carried in the indication information.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station may be directly sent by the first base station to the second base station, or the first base station may send an indication information to the second base station, and the second base station sends the first information to the UE according to the indication information.
  • Resource configuration information of a base station may be directly sent by the first base station to the second base station, or the first base station may send an indication information to the second base station, and the second base station sends the first information to the UE according to the indication information.
  • the second base station may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, and may also send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the foregoing UE is a UE that is determined by the second base station to meet a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station, and the communication mode when the UE interacts with the second base station is a D2D communication mode.
  • the foregoing UE satisfies the second base station for performing D2D communication.
  • the preset condition may be that the received strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of a signal to interference and noise ratio of the UE demodulated signal, or the distance between the UE and the second base station may satisfy a certain condition. .
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 3 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to a specific process in which the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station receives resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the S301 can refer to the implementation process of S201 in the foregoing Embodiment 2
  • the S302 can refer to the execution process of S101 in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE, where the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send a setup request message.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE to instruct the UE to send the establishment request message.
  • the second base station may send the reference signal by using its own uplink resource, and may also send the reference signal by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station may further send an acknowledgement response to the first base station, to notify the first base station that the resource configuration information of the first base station has been successfully received.
  • the foregoing reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent to the UE in a broadcast manner.
  • the second base station receives the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, where the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message. And the setup request message is sent by the UE directly to the second base station.
  • the first base station carries the second base station to support the D2D communication and broadcasts in the first message, and after receiving the first message, the UE learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication. Then, the UE receives and measures the signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station, and determines whether the signal receiving strength of the reference signal satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the preset condition may be The receiving strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a UE demodulation signal.
  • the threshold of the signal to interference and noise ratio may be that the distance between the UE and the second base station satisfies a certain condition or the like.
  • the UE determines that it supports D2D communication with the second base station. Therefore, when the UE needs to perform service interaction with the second base station, the UE sends a setup request to the second base station. a message, the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the setup request message may be an RRC connection setup request message. It should be noted that the UE is actually a D2D terminal at this time.
  • the second base station sends a setup response message to the UE, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, and the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the UE sends an establishment request message (ie, an RRC connection setup request message) to the second base station, where the UE initiates an RRC connection to the second base station, where the UE sends a Premble code to the second base station.
  • an establishment request message ie, an RRC connection setup request message
  • the second base station After receiving the preamble, the second base station sends a random access channel response message (RAR) message to the UE; after that, the UE sends an RRC connection setup request message to the second base station, where the second base station according to the second base station
  • RAR random access channel response message
  • the RRC connection setup response message determines that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and therefore the second base station sends a setup response message to the UE, where the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message, and the RRC connection setup response message is Contains resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the second base station establishes an RRC connection with the UE, and may establish an RRC connection with the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, and may also establish an RRC connection with the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the second base station establishes an RRC connection with the UE, and the second base station also establishes an S1 connection with the core network, so that the UE uses the resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station, and passes through the second base station and the core network. Perform data interaction.
  • the UE establishes an RRC connection with the second base station or performs data interaction between the UE and the core network through the second base station, as long as the process of performing D2D communication between the UE and the second base station is involved, the method shown in FIG. 4 may be used. Protocol stack.
  • the resource allocation method provided by the embodiment of the present invention, after the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports the D2D communication, receives the resource configuration information of the first base station, establishes an RRC connection with the UE, and establishes an RRC connection process.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station is sent to the UE in the RRC connection setup response message, so that the UE uses the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resources configured by the information communicate with the network element device.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • System resource utilization is a technique that uses the same resource to allocate resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 4 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process for the second base station to send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station receives resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the S401 can be specifically referred to the execution process of S201 in the foregoing Embodiment 2.
  • the S402 refer to the execution process of S101 in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE, where the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send a setup request message.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE to instruct the UE to send the establishment request message.
  • the second base station may send the reference signal by using its own uplink resource, and may also send the reference signal by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station may further send an acknowledgement response to the first base station, to notify the first base station that the resource configuration information of the first base station has been successfully received.
  • the foregoing reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent to the UE in a broadcast manner.
  • the second base station receives the setup request message, where the setup request message is sent by the UE to the second base station by using the first base station, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station And sending the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, where the setup request message includes an identifier of the UE and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the UE to the second base station Supporting D2D communication with the second base station; the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the first base station carries the second base station to support the D2D communication and broadcasts in the first message, and after receiving the first message, the UE learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication. After that, the UE receives and Measuring a signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station, and determining whether the signal receiving strength of the reference signal satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the preset condition may be that the received strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of a signal to interference and noise ratio of the UE demodulated signal, or may be a distance between the UE and the second base station. Meet certain conditions and so on.
  • the UE determines that the signal reception strength of the UE receiving the reference signal satisfies the preset condition, the UE determines that it supports D2D communication with the second base station. It should be noted that the UE is actually a D2D terminal at this time.
  • the UE when the UE determines that it can perform D2D communication with the second base station, the UE sends a setup request message to the first base station, and then the first base station sends the setup request message to the second.
  • the establishment request message is an RRC connection establishment request message. That is to say, in this embodiment, the UE initiates an RRC connection establishment request to the first base station. Specifically, the UE sends a preamble to the first base station, and after receiving the preamble, the first base station sends a RAR message to the UE; after that, the UE sends an RRC connection setup request message to the first base station, and the RRC connection setup request is received.
  • the first base station is configured to send the received RRC connection setup request message to the second
  • the base station is configured to enable the second base station to learn, according to the first indication information and the identifier of the UE, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the second base station sends a setup response message to the UE according to the identifier of the UE, where the setup response message includes the first base station resource configuration information, and the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the second base station after receiving the RRC connection setup request message that is sent by the first base station and carrying the identifier of the UE and the first indication information, carries the resource configuration information of the first base station that is acquired in the RRC connection setup response message. Send to the UE.
  • the second base station may send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE by using the downlink resource of the second base station, and may also send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE by using the resource of the first base station.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, and the second base station also establishes an S1 connection with the core network, so that the UE can use the resources of the first base station and perform data through the second base station and the core network. Interaction.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, or the UE performs data interaction with the core network through the second base station, as long as the UE and the second base station are involved.
  • the process of D2D communication can use the protocol stack shown in FIG. 4.
  • the resource allocation method provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the first indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, so that the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and then sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the second base station obtains the RRC connection request message that carries the identifier of the UE and the first indication information
  • the second base station learns that the UE supports the D2D communication with the second base station, and then sends the resource of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier of the UE.
  • the configuration information is such that the UE communicates with the network element device by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource of the first base station is configured by the second base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station, so that the uplink resource of the first base station can be reused by the UE and the second base station, which is improved. Resource utilization of the communication system.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 5 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process for the second base station to send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station receives resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • S501 may refer to the implementation process of S201 in the foregoing Embodiment 2
  • S502 may refer to the execution process of S101 in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second base station receives the identifier information of the UE that is sent by the first base station, and the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the second base station may send a reference signal.
  • the reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent in a broadcast manner.
  • the second base station may use its own uplink resource to broadcast the reference signal, and may also use the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station to send the reference signal.
  • the second base station may further send an acknowledgement response to the first base station, to notify the first base station that the resource configuration information of the first base station has been successfully received.
  • the first base station also carries the second base station to support the D2D communication to be broadcast in the first message, and informs the UE that the UE cannot actively receive the reference sent by the second base station by using the first message. signal. Therefore, after receiving the first message broadcast by the first base station, the UE initiates a process of establishing a cellular connection to the first base station. For the specific establishment process, refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again. Afterwards, the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, instructing the UE to measure the signal reception strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station.
  • the signal receiving strength of the reference signal is sent to the first base station, so that the first base station determines whether the UE satisfies the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal. Pre-set conditions for D2D communication.
  • the first base station determines that the UE satisfies the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, so that the second base station is configured according to the UE.
  • the identification information determines that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the first base station also carries the first identifier in the second indication information and sends the signal to the UE, so that the UE learns that the second base station corresponding to the first identifier should perform D2D communication (because in the actual scenario, the second base station may For a plurality of, the first base station determines that the UE satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the multiple second base stations, and the first base station controls which one or two second base stations the UE is currently performing D2D communication, so the first base station may Notifying the UE of the identity of the second base station that is currently about to perform D2D communication with the UE.
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the second base station may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, or may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the resource of the first base station.
  • the second base station may further forward the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the first base station.
  • the UE after receiving the second indication information sent by the first base station, the UE initiates an RRC connection to the second base station corresponding to the first identifier that is carried in the second indication information, that is, the UE corresponds to the first identifier.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup request message, because the second base station has previously learned that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station according to the identifier information of the UE, the second base station will accept the RRC connection setup request message sent by the UE, and The resource configuration information of the first base station is sent to the UE in an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the resource allocation method provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the first to the first base station by using the second base station.
  • the indication information is such that after the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, the resource configuration information of the first base station is sent to the second base station, and the second base station determines the UE support and the second base station by using the identifier information of the UE sent by the first base station.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station is sent to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE, so that the UE communicates with the network element device by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • System resource utilization is a technique that uses the same resource to allocate resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 6 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process in which the second base station serves as the second serving cell of the UE, and the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • This embodiment is applicable to a scenario in which a master-slave eNB (Aggression, MSA) is used, that is, a first base station acquires data from a core network, and then sends a part of the data directly to the UE, and another part passes the second.
  • the base station sends the signal to the UE, and the communication mode of the second base station and the UE is a D2D communication mode.
  • the method includes:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station receives resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • S602 may refer to the execution process of S101 in the foregoing Embodiment 1, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second base station receives the identifier information of the UE sent by the first base station, where the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and uses And indicating the second base station as the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the second base station may send a reference signal.
  • the reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent in a broadcast manner.
  • the second base station may use its own uplink resource to broadcast the reference signal, and may also use the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station to send the reference signal.
  • the second base station may further send an acknowledgement response to the first base station, to notify the first base station that the resource configuration information of the first base station has been successfully received.
  • the first base station also carries the second base station to support the D2D communication to be broadcast in the first message, and the first message informs the UE that the reference signal sent by the second base station cannot be actively received. Therefore, after receiving the first message broadcast by the first base station, the UE initiates construction to the first base station. For the process of establishing a cellular connection, the specific establishment process can refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again. Afterwards, the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, instructing the UE to receive and measure the signal reception strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station.
  • the signal receiving strength of the reference signal is sent to the first base station, so that the first base station determines whether the UE satisfies the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal. Pre-set conditions for D2D communication.
  • the first base station determines that the UE satisfies the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, so that the second base station is configured according to the identifier of the UE.
  • the information determining that the UE can perform D2D communication with the second base station, and the second base station further knows that the second base station serves the UE as the second serving cell of the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • a serving cell serves the UE, that is, the second base station informs the UE how to sort or combine the data sent by the second base station and the data sent by the first base station, or inform the UE of the order in which the second base station sends data, and the like.
  • the information is such that the UE can combine the received partial data sent by the first base station and another part of the data sent by the second base station to obtain complete data.
  • the first base station also carries the first identifier in the second indication information and sends the signal to the UE, so that the UE learns that the second base station corresponding to the first identifier should perform D2D communication (because in the actual scenario, the second base station may For a plurality of, the first base station determines that the UE satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the multiple second base stations, and the first base station controls which one or two second base stations the UE is currently performing D2D communication, so the first base station may Notifying the UE of the identity of the second base station that is currently about to perform D2D communication with the UE.
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the second base station receives the data sent by the first base station.
  • the data may be service information, signaling, or other data.
  • the second base station sends the data to the UE according to the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the UE since the second base station has served the UE as the second serving cell of the UE, the UE sends the resource configured by the second base station to use the resource configuration information of the first base station. After the data is obtained, the second base station can learn how to sort or combine the data sent by the received second base station with the data sent by the first base station, so as to obtain complete data.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station may be an uplink resource of the first base station or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the resources of the first base station according to all the embodiments described above refer to the resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the acknowledgment feedback is sent to the second base station, and the acknowledgment feedback may be sent in the following manners:
  • the UE uses only the D2D link (D2D link) with the second base station, transmits the acknowledgement feedback to the second base station, and then transmits the second base station. Go to the first base station and then to the core network.
  • D2D link D2D link
  • the UE transmits the acknowledgement feedback to the second base station using only the D2D link, and then the second base station transmits the arrival to the core network.
  • the UE only uses the cellular link, that is, the UE transmits the acknowledgement feedback to the first base station, and then the first base station transmits the arrival to the core network.
  • the fourth type the UE simultaneously uses the third and first transmission modes described above, and is uniformly uploaded by the first base station to the core network.
  • the resources of the first base station used when the second base station sends data to the UE are different from the resources of the first base station used by the UE to send the acknowledgement feedback to the second base station by using the D2D link, that is, the UE may pass the first
  • the content of the resource configuration message of the base station is used to learn the range or frequency of the resource of the first base station used by the second base station, and the UE uses the resource range or frequency point of the first base station used by the second base station when sending the acknowledgement feedback. To avoid resource conflicts.
  • the resource allocation method provided by the embodiment of the present invention sends the first indication information to the first base station by using the second base station, so that the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and then sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the second base station determines that the UE supports the D2D communication with the second base station by using the identifier information of the UE
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE, so that the UE uses the first
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the base station communicates with the network element device.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • System resource utilization is a technique that uses the same resource to allocate resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • Embodiment 7 of the present invention provides a resource allocation method.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station allocates resources of the first base station to the UE.
  • the method includes: the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication.
  • the first base station may periodically send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, or may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station after detecting that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and may also The resource configuration information of the first base station is sent to the second base station by using other triggering manners. Therefore, the second base station may receive the resource configuration information of the first base station periodically, or may perform the D2D communication by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station in a preset time period. After the preset time elapses, the resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station are released.
  • the second base station may forward the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE may determine, according to the resource configuration information of the first base station,
  • the resources that the two base stations perform D2D communication may also use the resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station to perform data transmission or signaling interaction with the core network or other network element devices in a D2D communication mode. That is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the uplink or downlink resources of the first base station may be multiplexed by the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station, thereby improving resource utilization of the communication system.
  • the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, so that the UE uses the first
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the base station performs D2D communication with the second base station or the core network, so that the uplink or downlink resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE, thereby improving resource utilization of the communication system.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 8 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to a specific process in which the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the method includes:
  • the first base station determines, according to the indication of the second base station, that the second base station supports D2D communication. letter.
  • the second base station can detect whether it has the capability of D2D communication.
  • the second base station can determine whether it has the capability of D2D communication by detecting whether the D2D module is installed.
  • the D2D module can be a physical board. It may also be a program that supports D2D communication. That is, when the entire network architecture is initially deployed, a physical board with D2D communication capability may be deployed on the second base station, or a program supporting D2D communication capability at the second base station may be loaded.
  • the first base station may send the indication information to the first base station. After receiving the indication information, the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication.
  • the indication information may be reported to the first base station in the form of RRC signaling, or may be reported to the first base station in the form of other signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present invention does not limit the form of the indication information, as long as the first After receiving the indication information, the base station learns that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station may also report the capability of supporting the D2D communication to the OAM or the OAM to actively monitor whether the second base station supports the D2D communication, so that the OAM can be passed by the operation manager when the second base station supports the D2D communication.
  • the OAM performs some corresponding configuration on the first base station, so that the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and then sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends a first message to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE to instruct the UE to send the establishment request message.
  • the second base station may send the reference signal by using its own uplink resource, and may also send the broadcast reference signal by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station may further send an acknowledgement response to the first base station, to notify the first base station that the resource configuration information of the first base station has been successfully received.
  • the foregoing reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent to the UE in a broadcast manner.
  • the first base station carries the second base station to support the D2D communication to be broadcast in the first message, and after receiving the first message, the UE learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication. Thereafter, the UE receives and measures the signal reception strength of the reference signal transmitted by the second base station, and determines whether the signal reception strength of the reference signal satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the preset condition may be that the received strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of a signal to interference and noise ratio of the UE demodulated signal, or may be a distance between the UE and the second base station. Meet certain conditions and so on.
  • the UE determines that the signal reception strength of the UE receiving the reference signal satisfies the preset condition, the UE determines that it supports D2D communication with the second base station. It should be noted that the UE is actually a D2D terminal at this time.
  • the first base station receives an RRC connection setup request message that is sent by the UE and carries the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the first base station that the UE supports D2D with the second base station. Communication.
  • the UE when the UE determines that it can perform D2D communication with the second base station, the UE initiates an RRC connection to the first base station. Specifically, the UE sends a Premble code to the first base station, and after receiving the preamble, the first base station sends a RAR message to the UE; after that, the UE sends an RRC connection setup request message to the first base station, and the RRC is in the RRC.
  • the connection establishment request message carries the first indication information, so that the first base station learns, by using the first indication information, that the UE meets a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the identifier of the UE in the RRC connection setup request message to the second base station, so that the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response to the UE according to the identifier of the UE.
  • the message, the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the first base station after the first base station learns that the UE satisfies the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station according to the RRC connection request, the first base station sends the identifier of the UE in the RRC connection setup request message to the second base station.
  • the RRC connection request message carries the identifier of the UE and the first indication information.
  • the second base station receives the RRC connection setup request message, and learns that the UE corresponding to the identifier of the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and therefore the second base station sends an RRC setup connection response message to the UE, and the RRC connection setup response message is sent.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station is included therein.
  • the second base station may send the RRC to the UE by using its own downlink resource.
  • the connection setup response message may further send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, and the second base station also establishes an S1 connection with the core network, so that the UE can use the resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station, and pass the second The base station performs data interaction with the core network.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, or the UE performs data interaction with the core network through the second base station, the above figure may be adopted as long as the UE performs the D2D communication process with the second base station.
  • the first base station after determining, according to the indication of the second base station, the second base station supports the D2D communication, the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, and broadcasts the second base station to support the D2D to the UE.
  • the first message of the communication is such that the UE determines, according to the measured signal received strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station, that the UE supports the D2D communication with the second base station, and establishes an RRC connection with the first base station, so that the first base station will carry the UE.
  • the RRC connection establishment request of the identifier and the first indication information is sent to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication. System resource utilization.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 9 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process in which the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the method includes:
  • the first base station determines, according to the indication of the second base station, that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication.
  • the specific implementation process of S901 may refer to the specific content of S801 in the foregoing embodiment 8.
  • the specific execution process of S902 may refer to the execution process of the foregoing embodiment 7. Description
  • the first base station sends a first message to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE to instruct the UE to send the establishment request message.
  • the second base station may send the reference signal by using its own uplink resource, and may also send the broadcast reference signal by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station may further send an acknowledgement response to the first base station, to notify the first base station that the resource configuration information of the first base station has been successfully received.
  • the foregoing reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent to the UE in a broadcast manner.
  • the first base station carries the second base station to support the D2D communication to be broadcast in the first message, and the first message informs the UE that the reference signal sent by the second base station cannot be actively received. Therefore, after receiving the first message broadcast by the first base station, the UE initiates a process of establishing a cellular connection to the first base station.
  • the specific establishment process refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, where the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal reception strength of a reference signal sent by the second base station.
  • the first base station determines, according to the received signal receiving strength of the reference signal reported by the UE, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the UE after receiving the measurement indication, the UE receives and measures the signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station, and sends the signal receiving strength of the reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station is configured according to the reference signal.
  • the signal reception strength determines whether the UE satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the preset condition may be that the received strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of a signal to interference and noise ratio of the UE demodulated signal, or may be a distance between the UE and the second base station. Meet certain conditions and so on.
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the identifier information of the UE is used to go to the second
  • the base station indicates that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station; the second indication information is used to indicate to the UE that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the first base station when the first base station determines that the UE meets the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal reported by the UE, the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, so that the second base station Obtaining, according to the identifier information of the UE, that the UE corresponding to the identifier supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the first base station further sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second base station that is about to perform D2D communication with the UE. Therefore, the UE can learn the current identifier according to the first identifier.
  • the second base station corresponding to the first identifier should perform D2D communication (because in the actual scenario, the second base station may be multiple, the first base station determines that the UE satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with multiple second base stations, then The first base station controls which one or two second base stations the UE is currently in D2D communication with, so that the first base station notifies the UE of the identity of the second base station that is currently about to perform D2D communication with the UE.
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the second base station may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, or may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station. UE.
  • the second base station may further send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the first base station.
  • the UE after receiving the second indication information that is sent by the first base station and carrying the first identifier, the UE initiates an RRC connection to the second base station corresponding to the first identifier, that is, the UE sends an RRC connection to the second base station.
  • the request message is set up, so that the second base station carries the resource configuration information of the first base station in the RRC connection setup response message and sends the message to the UE.
  • the first base station after determining, according to the indication of the second base station, the second base station supports the D2D communication, the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, and sends the second base station to support the D2D to the UE.
  • the first message of the communication is such that after receiving the measurement indication sent by the first base station, the UE reports the received signal strength of the measured reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines that the UE supports D2D with the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the UE is sent to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication. System resource utilization.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 10 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process in which the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication, and the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process in which the second base station is the second serving cell of the UE, and the second base station allocates uplink resources of the first base station to the UE.
  • This embodiment is applicable to the scenario of the MSA, that is, the first base station acquires data from the core network, and then sends a part of the data directly to the UE, and another part is sent to the UE by using the second base station, and the communication mode of the second base station and the UE is used.
  • the method includes:
  • the first base station determines, according to the indication of the second base station, that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication.
  • the specific execution process of the S1001 may be referred to the implementation process of the specific content S1002 of the S801 in the foregoing embodiment 8.
  • the first base station sends a first message to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, where the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal reception strength of a reference signal sent by the second base station.
  • the first base station determines, according to the received signal receiving strength of the reference signal reported by the UE, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • S1003 to S1005 may refer to the specific content of the foregoing S903 to S905, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the identifier information of the UE is used to the second
  • the base station indicates that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and is used to indicate that the second base station is the second serving cell of the UE; and the second indication information is used to indicate the UE to the UE.
  • the second base station corresponding to the first identifier performs D2D communication.
  • the first base station determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal reported by the UE, that the UE meets a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station
  • the first base station sends the UE to the second base station.
  • the second base station is configured to learn, according to the identifier information of the UE, that the UE corresponding to the identifier supports D2D communication with the second base station, and the second base station further learns, according to the identifier information of the UE, that the second base station serves as the second service of the UE.
  • the cell serves the UE (the first base station serves as the first serving cell of the UE serves the UE), that is, the second base station informs the UE how to sort or combine the data sent by the second base station and the data sent by the first base station. Or, the UE is informed of the order of the second base station to send data, and the like, so that the UE may combine and receive the received partial data sent by the first base station and another part of data sent by the second base station to obtain complete data.
  • the first base station further sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the first identifier is the identifier of the second base station that is about to perform D2D communication with the UE. Therefore, the UE can learn the current identifier according to the first identifier.
  • the second base station corresponding to the first identifier should perform D2D communication (because in the actual scenario, the second base station may be multiple, the first base station determines that the UE satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with multiple second base stations, then The first base station controls which one or two second base stations the UE is currently in D2D communication with, so that the first base station notifies the UE of the identity of the second base station that is currently about to perform D2D communication with the UE.
  • the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the second base station may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, or may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station. UE.
  • the second base station may further send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the first base station.
  • the UE after receiving the second indication information that is sent by the first base station and carrying the first identifier, the UE initiates an RRC connection to the second base station corresponding to the first identifier, that is, the UE sends an RRC connection to the second base station.
  • the request message is set up, so that the second base station carries the resource configuration information of the first base station in the RRC connection setup response message and sends the message to the UE.
  • the second base station when the second base station receives the data sent by the first base station, the data of the first base station is used to send the data to the UE, so that the UE can use the resources of the first base station to communicate with other network element devices.
  • the UE may learn how to receive the second base station.
  • the data sent by the second base station and the received first base station send The data is sorted or merged to get the complete data.
  • the first base station after determining, according to the indication of the second base station, the second base station supports the D2D communication, the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, and sends the second base station to support the D2D to the UE.
  • the first message of the communication is such that after receiving the measurement indication sent by the first base station, the UE reports the received signal strength of the measured reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines that the UE supports D2D with the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the UE is sent to the second base station, and the second base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication. System resource utilization.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 11 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process of the UE receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station, and determining the resource of the D2D communication according to the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the method includes:
  • the UE receives resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the resource configuration information to the second base station, so that the second base station forwards the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the first base station may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station after learning that the second base station supports the D2D communication.
  • the first base station learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication refer to the content in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the second base station may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, and may also send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the foregoing UE is a UE that is determined by the second base station to meet a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station, and the communication mode when the UE interacts with the second base station is a D2D communication mode.
  • the preset condition that the foregoing UE satisfies the D2D communication of the second base station may be that the received strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of a signal to interference and noise ratio of the demodulated signal of the UE, or may be The distance between the UE and the second base station satisfies certain conditions and the like.
  • the UE determines, according to the resource configuration information of the first base station, the required communication for D2D communication. Letter resources.
  • the UE may perform corresponding processing on the resource configuration information of the first base station to obtain a communication resource required for the UE to perform D2D communication with the network element device, where the communication resource may be
  • the uplink resource of the first base station may also be a downlink resource of the first base station, and the communication resource may be all resources configured by the resource configuration information, or may be part of resources.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station may further include a physical resource block parameter, and the UE may learn, according to the physical resource block parameter, a data or signaling format when the UE performs D2D communication with the core network or other network element devices.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station is used for data transmission or signaling interaction with the core network or other network element device in a D2D communication mode. That is, in the embodiment of the present invention, the uplink or downlink resources of the first base station may be multiplexed by the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station, thereby improving resource utilization of the communication system.
  • the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station receives the resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station, and acquires the communication required for the D2D communication according to the resource configuration information of the first base station. Resources and use this communication resource for D2D communication.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE, thereby improving resource utilization of the communication system. rate.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 12 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to a specific process for the UE to acquire resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the resource configuration information is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps:
  • S1201 The UE receives the reference signal sent by the second base station, where the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send a setup request message.
  • the second base station after receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station, the second base station sends a reference signal to the UE to instruct the UE to send the establishment request message.
  • the second base station may send the reference signal by using the uplink resource of the first base station, and may also send the reference signal by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the second base station receives the first base station After the resource configuration information, the first base station may also send an acknowledgement response to the first base station to successfully receive the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the foregoing reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent to the UE in a broadcast manner.
  • S1202 The UE receives the first message sent by the first base station, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the UE measures a signal reception strength of the reference signal, and determines, according to a signal reception strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the first base station carries the second base station to support the D2D communication to be broadcast in the first message, and after receiving the first message, the UE learns that the second base station supports the D2D communication. Then, the UE receives and measures the signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station, and determines whether the signal receiving strength of the reference signal satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the preset condition may be The receiving strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of the signal to interference and noise ratio of the UE demodulated signal, or may be a condition that the distance between the UE and the second base station meets a certain condition.
  • the UE sends the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE, where the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message, and The setup request message is sent by the UE directly to the second base station.
  • the UE determines that the signal receiving strength of the reference signal meets the preset condition. Therefore, when the UE needs to perform service interaction with the second base station, the UE sends the second base station to the second base station. Sending a setup request message, the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the setup request message may be an RRC connection setup request message. It should be noted that the UE is actually a D2D terminal at this time.
  • the UE receives the setup response message sent by the second base station, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the process of the RRC connection setup request message sent by the UE to the second base station is actually that the UE initiates an RRC connection to the second base station, where the UE sends a preamble to the second base station.
  • (Premble) code after receiving the preamble, the second base station sends a RAR message to the UE; after that, the UE sends an RRC connection setup request message to the second base station, and the second base station determines, according to the RRC connection setup response message, the UE support
  • the second base station performs D2D communication with the second base station, and the second base station sends a setup response message to the UE, where the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message, and the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the second base station establishes an RRC connection with the UE, and may establish an RRC connection with the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, and may also establish an RRC connection with the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the foregoing RRC connection setup response message may be that the second base station sends the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the second base station establishes an RRC connection with the UE, and the second base station also establishes an S1 connection with the core network, so that the UE uses the resources configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station, and passes the second base station and the core.
  • the network performs data interaction.
  • the UE establishes an RRC connection with the second base station or performs data interaction between the UE and the core network through the second base station, as long as the process of performing D2D communication between the UE and the second base station is involved, the method shown in FIG. 4 may be used. Protocol stack.
  • the UE after determining, according to the reference signal sent by the second base station, the UE meets the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station, the UE establishes an RRC connection with the second base station, and establishes an RRC connection process. And receiving an RRC connection setup response message that is sent by the second base station and carrying the resource configuration information of the first base station, and determining a communication resource required for the communication according to the resource configuration information of the first base station, so that the communication source is used for D2D communication.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • System resource utilization is a technique that uses the same resource to allocate resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 13 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process for the UE to acquire resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps:
  • the UE receives a reference signal sent by the second base station, where the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send a setup request message.
  • S1302 The UE receives the first message sent by the first base station, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the UE measures a signal receiving strength of the reference signal, and determines, according to a signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the UE sends the setup request message, where the setup request message is sent by the UE to the second base station by using the first base station, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to The UE sends the resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message includes an identifier of the UE and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the UE support to the second base station.
  • the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the UE when the UE determines that it can perform D2D communication with the second base station, the UE sends a setup request message to the first base station, and then the setup request message is sent by the first base station.
  • the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message in this embodiment. That is to say, in this embodiment, the UE initiates an RRC connection establishment request to the first base station. Specifically, the UE sends a preamble to the first base station, and after receiving the preamble, the first base station sends a RAR message to the UE; after that, the UE sends an RRC connection setup request message to the first base station, and the RRC connection setup request is received.
  • the first base station is configured to send the received RRC connection setup request message to the second The base station, so that the second base station learns that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station according to the foregoing first indication information and the identifier of the UE.
  • the UE receives the setup response message sent by the second base station according to the identifier of the UE, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, and the setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the second base station after receiving the RRC connection setup request message that is sent by the first base station and carrying the identifier of the UE and the first indication information, carries the resource configuration information of the first base station that is acquired in the RRC connection setup response message.
  • the second base station may send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE by using the downlink resource of the second base station, and may also send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE by using the resource of the first base station.
  • Receiving, by the UE, the carrying by the second base station The RRC of the resource configuration information of a base station establishes a connection response message, thereby acquiring communication resources required for D2D communication.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, and the second base station further establishes an S1 connection with the core network, so that the UE can use the communication resources in the resources of the first base station, and pass the second base station and The core network performs data interaction.
  • FIG. 4 can be used. The protocol stack shown.
  • the UE after the UE determines that it meets the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station according to the reference signal sent by the second base station, the UE establishes an RRC connection with the first base station, so that the first base station will carry the UE.
  • the RRC connection setup request message of the identifier and the first indication information is sent to the second base station, so that the UE receives the RRC connection setup response message that is sent by the second base station and carries the resource configuration information of the first base station, and establishes a response according to the RRC connection.
  • the message acquires the communication resources required for D2D communication.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • System resource utilization is a technique that uses the same resource to allocate resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 14 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process for the UE to acquire resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the scenario that is applicable to this embodiment is a scenario in which an S1 connection is established between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode.
  • the method specifically includes the following steps:
  • S1401 The UE measures a signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station according to the measurement indication sent by the first base station.
  • the second base station may send a reference signal.
  • the reference signal may be carried in a broadcast message and sent in a broadcast manner.
  • the second base station may use its own uplink resource to broadcast the reference signal, and may also use the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station to send the reference signal.
  • the second base station may further send an acknowledgement response to the first base station, to notify the first base station that the resource configuration information of the first base station has been successfully received.
  • the first base station also carries the second base station to support the D2D communication in the first message.
  • the line broadcasts, and the first message informs the UE that it cannot actively receive the reference signal transmitted by the second base station. Therefore, after receiving the first message broadcast by the first base station, the UE initiates a process of establishing a cellular connection to the first base station. For the specific establishment process, refer to the prior art, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, instructing the UE to receive and measure the signal reception strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station.
  • the UE reports the signal reception strength of the reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal reception strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station. Then, the identifier information of the UE is sent to the second base station; the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the signal receiving strength of the reference signal is sent to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, whether the UE meets the The preset condition of the second base station for D2D communication.
  • the preset condition may be that the received strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of a signal to interference and noise ratio of the UE demodulated signal, or may be a distance between the UE and the second base station. Meet certain conditions and so on.
  • the first base station determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE meets a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, so that the second base station is configured according to the UE.
  • the identification information determines that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the UE receives the second indication information that is sent by the first base station and carries the first identifier, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the first base station when the first base station determines that the UE meets the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, the first base station further carries the first identifier in the second indication information, and sends the identifier to the UE.
  • the UE is made aware that the second base station corresponding to the first identifier should be D2D communication (because in the actual scenario, the second base station may be multiple, the first base station determines that the UE satisfies the D2D communication with the multiple second base stations. If the condition is set, the first base station controls which one or two second base stations the UE is currently in D2D communication with, so that the first base station notifies the UE of the identity of the second base station that is about to perform D2D communication with the UE.
  • S1404 The UE receives the resources of the first base station sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier. Source configuration information.
  • the first base station indicates that the second base station corresponding to the first identifier performs the D2D communication by using the second indication information, and the second base station corresponding to the first identifier may use the downlink resource of the first base station to configure the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configuration information of the first base station is sent to the UE by using the resources of the first base station.
  • the UE may further receive resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier by using the first base station.
  • the UE after receiving the second indication information sent by the first base station, the UE initiates an RRC connection to the second base station corresponding to the first identifier that is carried in the second indication information, that is, the UE corresponds to the first identifier.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup request message, because the second base station has previously learned that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station according to the identifier information of the UE, the second base station will accept the RRC connection setup request message sent by the UE, and The resource configuration information of a base station is sent to the UE in an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, and the UE sends the signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station measured according to the measurement indication to the first base station, so that the first base station Determining whether the UE satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station, and after determining that the UE meets the preset condition, sending the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, so that the second base station sends the first information to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the resource configuration information of the base station so that the UE communicates with the network element device by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • System resource utilization is a technique that uses the same resource to allocate resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 15 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment relates to another specific process for the UE to acquire resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • This embodiment is applicable to the scenario of the MSA, that is, the first base station acquires data from the core network, and then sends a part of the data directly to the UE, and another part is sent to the UE by using the second base station, and the communication mode of the second base station and the UE is used.
  • the method includes:
  • the UE measures a signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station according to the measurement indication sent by the first base station.
  • the specific implementation process of the S1501 may refer to the specific content of the foregoing S1401, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE reports the signal receiving strength of the reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station. And sending, to the second base station, identifier information of the UE, where the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and is used to indicate the The second base station serves as a second serving cell of the UE.
  • the signal receiving strength of the reference signal is sent to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, whether the UE meets the The preset condition of the second base station for D2D communication.
  • the preset condition may be that the received strength of the signal received by the UE meets a preset threshold, or may be a threshold of a signal to interference and noise ratio of the UE demodulated signal, or may be a distance between the UE and the second base station. Meet certain conditions and so on.
  • the first base station determines that the UE satisfies the preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the carrying UE to the second base station, so that the second base station according to the UE
  • the identification information is determined to be that the UE can perform D2D communication with the second base station
  • the second base station further learns, according to the identification information of the UE, that the second base station is serving the UE as the second serving cell of the UE at this time (the first base station)
  • the first serving cell of the UE serves the UE, that is, the second base station informs the UE how to sort or combine the data sent by the second base station and the data sent by the first base station, or inform the second base station to send the data.
  • the information such as the order of the data, enables the UE to combine the received partial data sent by the first base station and another part of the data sent by the second base station to obtain complete data.
  • the UE receives the second indication information that is sent by the first base station and carries the first identifier, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the specific process of the S1503 can refer to the specific content of the foregoing S1403, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE receives resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the first base station indicates, by using the second indication information, the second base corresponding to the first identifier by the UE. If the station performs D2D communication, the second base station corresponding to the first identifier may send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the downlink resource of the first base station, or configure the resource configuration of the first base station by using the uplink resource of the first base station. Information is sent to the UE.
  • the UE may further receive resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier by using the first base station.
  • the UE after receiving the second indication information sent by the first base station, the UE initiates an RRC connection to the second base station corresponding to the first identifier that is carried in the second indication information, that is, the UE corresponds to the first identifier.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup request message, because the second base station has previously learned that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station according to the identifier information of the UE, the second base station will accept the RRC connection setup request message sent by the UE, and The resource configuration information of a base station is sent to the UE in an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the second base station may send the received partial data of the first base station to the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station (the other part of the data is A base station sends the UE to the UE.
  • the second base station serves as the second serving cell of the UE. Therefore, after receiving the data sent by the second base station using the resources of the first base station, the UE can learn how to use the second base station.
  • the received data sent by the second base station is sorted or combined with the received data sent by the first base station, so as to obtain complete data.
  • the acknowledgment feedback is sent to the second base station, and the acknowledgment feedback may be sent in the following manners:
  • the UE uses only the D2D link (D2D link) with the second base station, transmits the acknowledgement feedback to the second base station, and then transmits the second base station. Go to the first base station and then to the core network.
  • D2D link D2D link
  • the UE transmits the acknowledgement feedback to the second base station using only the D2D link, and then the second base station transmits the arrival to the core network.
  • the UE only uses the cellular link, that is, the UE transmits the acknowledgement feedback to the first base station, and then the first base station transmits the arrival to the core network.
  • the fourth type the UE simultaneously uses the third and first transmission modes described above, and is uniformly uploaded by the first base station to the core network.
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, and the UE sends the signal received strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station measured according to the measurement indication.
  • the first base station determines whether the UE satisfies a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station, and after determining that the UE meets the preset condition, sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, thereby causing the second base station And transmitting, according to the identifier information of the UE, resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the method provided by the embodiment of the present invention allocates resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • System resource utilization is a technique that uses the same resource to allocate resources of the first base station to the UE that performs D2D communication with the second base station by using the second base station, so that resources of the first base station can be multiplexed by the UE and the second base station, thereby improving communication.
  • FIG. 16 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 16 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to a scenario in which an S1 physical link exists between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode. As shown in FIG. 16, the method includes:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • S1603 The second base station sends a reference signal.
  • the first base station sends a first message, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first information includes at least frequency domain and/or time domain information of the reference signal that the second base station sends the D2D communication.
  • the first message can be sent in the form of a broadcast.
  • the UE measures a signal receiving strength of the received reference signal, and determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE meets a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • S1606 The UE sends an RRC connection setup request message to the second base station.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message carrying the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • S1608 The UE acquires communication resources required for D2D communication according to the RRC connection setup response message.
  • the foregoing second base station may establish an S1 link from the second base station to the core network for the UE performing the D2D communication, so as to facilitate data interaction between the UE and the core network.
  • FIG. 17 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 17 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to a scenario in which an S1 physical link exists between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode. As shown in FIG. 17, the method includes:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the second base station sends a reference signal.
  • the first base station sends a first message, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first message includes at least frequency domain and/or time domain information of the reference signal that the second base station sends the D2D communication.
  • the first message can be sent in the form of a broadcast.
  • the UE measures a signal receiving strength of the received reference signal, and determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE meets a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the UE sends an RRC connection setup request message to the first base station, where the RRC connection setup request message carries the identifier of the UE and the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE is satisfied. Pre-conditions for D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the foregoing RRC connection setup request message to the second base station.
  • the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message carrying the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • S1709 The UE acquires communication resources required for D2D communication according to the RRC connection setup response message.
  • the foregoing second base station may establish an S1 link from the second base station to the core network for the UE performing the D2D communication, so as to facilitate data interaction between the UE and the core network.
  • FIG. 18 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 18 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention. This embodiment is applicable to a scenario in which an S1 physical link exists between a second base station and a core network, and a communication between the second base station and the UE is performed in a D2D mode. As shown in FIG. 18, the method includes:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • the second base station sends a reference signal.
  • the first base station sends a first message, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication, and informs the UE that the reference signal broadcast by the second base station is not actively received.
  • S1805 The UE establishes an RRC connection with the first base station.
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, where the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal reception strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station.
  • the UE receives and measures a signal receiving strength of the reference signal according to the measurement indication, and sends a signal receiving strength of the reference signal to the first base station.
  • the first base station determines, according to the received signal receiving strength of the reference signal reported by the UE, that the UE meets a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, where the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE meets the D2D communication with the second base station. Preset conditions.
  • the content of the identifier message of the UE may be that the second base station is required to provide communication services for the UE.
  • the first base station may also deliver the service type to the second base station, so that the second base station may provide the UE according to the service type. The corresponding service.
  • the first base station sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the second indication information is used to indicate to the UE that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier. .
  • the second base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the UE acquires communication resources required for D2D communication according to resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • FIG. 19 is a signaling flowchart of Embodiment 19 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • This embodiment is applicable to the scenario of the MSA, that is, the first base station acquires data from the core network, and then sends a part of the data directly to the UE, and another part is sent to the UE by using the second base station, and the communication mode of the second base station and the UE is used.
  • the method includes:
  • the second base station indicates to the first base station that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the first base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station.
  • S1903 The second base station sends a reference signal.
  • the first base station sends a first message, where the first message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication, and informs the UE that the reference signal broadcast by the second base station is not actively received.
  • S1905 The UE establishes an RRC connection with the first base station.
  • the first base station sends a measurement indication to the UE, where the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal reception strength of the reference signal broadcast by the second base station.
  • the UE receives and measures a signal receiving strength of the reference signal according to the measurement indication, and sends a signal receiving strength of the reference signal to the first base station.
  • the first base station determines, according to the received signal receiving strength of the reference signal reported by the UE, that the UE meets a preset condition for performing D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the first base station sends the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, where the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE meets the D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the preset condition is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the first base station sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE, where the second indication information is used to indicate to the UE that the UE performs the second base station corresponding to the first identifier. D2D communication.
  • the second base station sends resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the UE acquires communication resources required for D2D communication according to resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the first base station sends the data acquired from the core network to the second base station.
  • the second base station sends the data to the UE by using a D2D communication mode, so that the UE can receive the data by using the determined communication resource.
  • the resources used by the micro base station to communicate with the macro base station or the UE are the uplink and downlink resources of the macro base station.
  • the micro base station receives the data sent by the macro base station by using the downlink resource of the macro base station, the downlink base station cannot use the downlink resource to transmit data to the UE, or the micro base station receives the data sent by a certain UE in the coverage area, It is not possible to simultaneously transmit data to the macro base station using uplink resources. Therefore, the micro base station cannot communicate with the macro base station and the UE at the same time, and the resources can only be used in a time-sharing manner. Therefore, resource utilization is not high. How to improve the resource utilization of the micro base station is a technical problem to be solved by the following embodiments.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic flowchart diagram of Embodiment 20 of a resource allocation method according to the present invention.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process of configuring a communication mode of the second base station and the first base station to be a D2D communication mode, so that the second base station uses the resource UE of the first base station to communicate with the first base station at the same time.
  • the first base station is a macro base station
  • the second base station is a micro base station.
  • the method includes:
  • the second base station receives the resource configuration information of the first base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the resource that the UE and the second base station perform D2D communication between the device and the device, and is used to The communication mode of the second base station and the first base station is set to a D2D communication mode.
  • the second base station and the first base station support D2D communication by default, or both the second base station and the first base station can learn whether D2D communication is supported by both the self and the other party through the corresponding D2D detection. If both are supported, the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station. Optionally, the first base station and the second base station can detect the capability of the D2D communication. For details, refer to the foregoing method embodiments, and details are not described herein.
  • the first base station When the first base station detects that the D2D communication is supported by the first base station, and the second base station also supports the D2D communication, the first base station sends the resource configuration information of the first base station to the second base station, and the first base station can pass the resources of the first base station.
  • the communication parameter in the configuration information sets a communication mode between the first base station and the second base station to a D2D communication mode, and may also set a communication mode between the second base station and the UE to a cellular communication mode, and notify the second base station that The resources of the first base station are used for communication.
  • the second base station performs D2D communication with the first base station by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station may be an uplink resource of the first base station, and may also be a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the D2D communication mode itself has the capability of circumventing resource conflicts.
  • the second base station may also use the uplink resource of the first base station to send data to the UE, or
  • the second base station may simultaneously send the data to the macro base station by using the downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the protocol stack shown in FIG. 21 or the protocol stack shown in FIG. 22 or the protocol stack shown in FIG. 23 may be used.
  • the difference between the protocol stack shown in FIG. 21 and the protocol stack shown in FIG. 22 is that when the second base station performs D2D communication with the first base station by using the protocol stack shown in FIG. 21, the D2D link can be completely used to implement the backhaul line.
  • the second base station can simultaneously support the cellular link and the D2D link if the protocol stack shown in FIG. 22 is used.
  • the protocol stack shown in FIG. 21 the protocol stack shown in FIG.
  • the second base station can be used as a routing function node to forward data between the UE and the macro base station at the IP layer; and the link between the second base station and the macro base station. It is a D2D link, and a common cell link (celluar link) between the second base station and the UE.
  • S1-AP refers to an S1 application protocol layer (S1-Application Protocol, hereinafter referred to as S1-AP)
  • SCTP refers to a flow control transport protocol layer (Stream Control).
  • Transmission Protocol hereinafter referred to as SCTP
  • IP is the Internet Protocol (IP)
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • PDCP Packet Data Convergence Protocol (Packet Data).
  • PDCP Physical Convergence Protocol
  • RLC Radio Link Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • PHY Physical
  • D2D The PHY refers to the PHY in the D2D communication mode
  • NAS the Non-Access Stratum (hereinafter referred to as NAS).
  • the resource allocation method is provided by the first base station and the second base station as base stations supporting D2D communication, and the first base station configures a communication mode with the second base station to be a D2D communication mode, so that the second base station is configured.
  • the uplink resource of the first base station can be used for D2D communication with the first base station, that is, the data of the second base station can be simultaneously transmitted, thereby improving resource utilization of the first base station.
  • the foregoing program may be stored in a computer readable storage medium, and the program is executed when executed.
  • the foregoing steps include the steps of the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes: a medium that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station can be the second base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station includes: a receiving module 11 and a transmitting module. Block 12.
  • the receiving module 11 is configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station
  • the sending module 12 is configured to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the user equipment UE, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used for configuration.
  • the UE and the base station perform resources for device and device D2D communication.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to: after the receiving module 11 receives the resource configuration information of the first base station, instruct the first base station to support the D2D communication. Further, the sending module 12 is configured to send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the sending module 12 is further configured to: before sending the resource configuration information of the first base station to the user equipment UE, send a reference signal to the UE; the reference signal And the receiving module 11 is further configured to receive the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the base station to send the resource of the first base station to the UE Configuration information; the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the sending module 12 is specifically configured to send a setup response message to the UE, where the setup response message includes the Resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the setup response message is an RRC Connection Setup Response message.
  • the sending module 12 is specifically configured to send a setup response message to the UE according to the identifier of the UE.
  • the setup response message includes the first base station resource configuration information, where the setup request message includes an identifier of the UE and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the base station.
  • the UE supports D2D communication with the base station.
  • the setup response message is an RRC Connection Setup Response message.
  • the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to receive identifier information of the UE sent by the first base station, and the identifier information of the UE is used to the base station. Instructing the UE to support D2D communication with the base station; the sending module 12 is specifically configured to send, according to the identifier information of the UE, the resource allocation of the first base station to the UE Set the information.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the receiving module 11 is further configured to send, by the sending module 12, the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE. After the resource configuration information, the data sent by the first base station is received; the sending module 12 is further configured to send the data to the UE according to the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the sending module 12 is specifically configured to send, by using the first base station, resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the receiving module 11 is specifically configured to receive an RRC connection setup request message sent by the UE, where the sending module 12 is specifically configured to send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, where the RRC The connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 2 of the present invention provides a base station.
  • the base station can be the first base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station includes: a sending module 21, configured to send resource configuration information of the base station to a second base station, where the resource configuration information of the base station is used to configure a resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication. .
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station further includes a processing module 22, and the processing module 22 is configured to determine, according to the indication of the second base station, that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the base station further includes a receiving module 23, wherein the sending module 21 is further configured to: after sending the resource configuration information of the base station to the second base station, send a first message to the UE; a message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication, and the receiving module 23 is configured to receive an RRC connection setup request that is sent by the UE and carries the first indication information.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate to the base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station; and the sending module 21 is further configured to carry the identifier of the UE in the RRC. Sending a connection establishment request message to the second base station, so that the second base station sends an RRC connection setup response message to the UE according to the identifier of the UE, where the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration of the base station information.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the foregoing sending module 21 is further configured to send a first message to the UE, and send a measurement indication to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate the second base station to the UE.
  • the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal receiving strength of the reference signal sent by the second base station
  • the processing module 22 is further configured to: according to the UE received by the receiving module 23 The signal receiving strength of the reported reference signal determines that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station
  • the sending module 21 is further configured to send the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and The UE sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier, where the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station; And performing, by the UE, the second base station corresponding to the first identifier by the UE to perform D2D communication.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the receiving module 23 is further configured to: send, by the sending module 21, the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and send, to the UE, second indication information that carries the first identifier.
  • the sending module 21 is further configured to send the resource configuration information of the base station to the UE.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 26 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 1 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • the UE includes: a receiving module 31, configured to receive resource configuration information of a first base station sent by a second base station; and a processing module 32, configured to determine, according to resource configuration information of the first base station, a D2D communication station Required communication resources.
  • the UE provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiment, and the implementation principle and technology thereof The effect is similar and will not be described here.
  • the receiving module 31 is specifically configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 2 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • the UE further includes a sending module 33.
  • the receiving module 31 is further configured to: before receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station, receive the reference signal sent by the second base station, where the reference signal is used by Instructing the UE to send a setup request message, the sending module 33, configured to send the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send the resource of the first base station to the UE Configuration information.
  • the receiving module 31 is specifically configured to receive a first message sent by the first base station, where the first message is used to indicate the second base station to the UE.
  • the processing module 32 is specifically configured to measure a signal receiving strength of the reference signal, and determine, according to a signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the sending module 33 is configured to send the setup request message after the processing module 32 determines that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal.
  • the setup request message is an RRC Connection Setup Request message.
  • the receiving module 31 is configured to receive the setup response message sent by the second base station, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message is The UE is directly sent to the second base station.
  • the setup request message includes an identifier of the UE and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the receiving module 31 is configured to receive, by the second base station, a setup response message that is sent according to the identifier of the UE, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where The setup request message is sent by the UE to the second base station by using the first base station.
  • the foregoing setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the processing module 32 is configured to: according to the measurement indication sent by the first base station, measure a signal receiving strength of a reference signal sent by the second base station;
  • the transmitting module 33 is configured to report the signal receiving strength of the reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal receiving strength of the reference signal, the UE support and the After the second base station performs D2D communication, sending the station to the second base station.
  • the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station, and the receiving module 31 is specifically configured to receive the first base station.
  • the second base station corresponding to the first identifier performs D2D communication.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the receiving module 31 is configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier by using the first base station.
  • the sending module 33 is configured to send an RRC connection setup request message to the second base station corresponding to the first identifier, where the receiving module 31 is configured to receive the second corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the UE provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 28 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station can be the second base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station includes: a receiving module 41, configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the UE to perform D2D communication between the device and the device.
  • the resource is configured to set a communication mode of the base station and the first base station to a D2D communication mode
  • the processing module 42 is configured to use the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station and the first base station Perform D2D communication.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 29 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 5 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station can be the second base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station includes a receiver 51 and a transmitter 52.
  • the receiver 51 is configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station
  • the transmitter 52 is configured to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the user equipment UE, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used for configuration.
  • the UE and the base station perform resources for device and device D2D communication.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiment, and the implementation principle and technology thereof The effect is similar and will not be described here.
  • the transmitter 52 is further configured to: after the receiver 51 receives the resource configuration information of the first base station, instruct the first base station to support the D2D communication. Further, the transmitter 52 is configured to send the resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the transmitter 52 is further configured to send a reference signal to the UE before sending the resource configuration information of the first base station to the user equipment UE; the reference signal And the receiver 51 is further configured to receive the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the base station to send the resource of the first base station to the UE Configuration information; the setup request message is an RRC connection setup request message.
  • the sender 52 is specifically configured to send a setup response message to the UE, where the setup response message includes the Resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the setup response message is an RRC Connection Setup Response message.
  • the sender 52 is configured to send a setup response message to the UE according to the identifier of the UE.
  • the setup response message includes the first base station resource configuration information, where the setup request message includes an identifier of the UE and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the base station.
  • the UE supports D2D communication with the base station.
  • the setup response message is an RRC Connection Setup Response message.
  • the receiver 51 is specifically configured to receive the identifier information of the UE sent by the first base station, and the identifier information of the UE is used to the base station. Instructing the UE to support D2D communication with the base station; the transmitter 52 is configured to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the receiver 51 is further configured to send, by the transmitter 52, the first base to the UE according to the identifier information of the UE. After the resource configuration information of the station, the data sent by the first base station is received; the transmitter 52 is further configured to send the data to the UE according to the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the transmitter 52 is configured to send, by using the first base station, resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the receiver 51 is configured to receive an RRC connection setup request message sent by the UE, where the transmitter 52 is configured to send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE, where the RRC The connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station includes an uplink resource of the first base station and/or a downlink resource of the first base station.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • Embodiment 6 of the present invention provides a base station.
  • the base station can be the first base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station includes: a transmitter 61, configured to send resource configuration information of the base station to a second base station, where the resource configuration information of the base station is used to configure a resource that the user equipment UE and the second base station perform device and device D2D communication. .
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 7 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station further includes a processor 62.
  • the processor 62 is configured to determine, according to the indication of the second base station, that the second base station supports D2D communication.
  • the base station further includes a receiver 63.
  • the transmitter 61 is further configured to: after sending the resource configuration information of the base station to the second base station, send a first message to the UE; a message is used to indicate to the UE that the second base station supports D2D communication, and the receiver 63 is configured to receive an RRC connection setup request message that is sent by the UE and carries the first indication information; the first indication information.
  • the transmitter 61 is further configured to send, by using the identifier of the UE, the RRC connection setup request message, to the base station, to perform the D2D communication with the second base station.
  • a second base station to enable the second base station to send an RRC connection setup response message to the UE according to the identifier of the UE, where the RRC connection setup response message includes resource configuration information of the base station.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the transmitter 61 is further configured to send a first message to the UE, and send a measurement indication to the UE, where the first message is used to indicate the second base station to the UE.
  • Supporting D2D communication the measurement indication is used to instruct the UE to measure a signal reception strength of a reference signal sent by the second base station;
  • the processor 62 is further configured to receive the UE according to the receiver 63 The signal received strength of the reported reference signal determines that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the transmitter 61 is further configured to send the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and
  • the UE sends the second indication information that carries the first identifier, where the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station; And performing, by the UE, the second base station corresponding to the first identifier by the UE to perform D2D communication.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the receiver 63 is further configured to send the identifier information of the UE to the second base station, and send the second indication information that carries the first identifier to the UE. Then, the resource configuration information of the base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier is received, and the transmitter 61 is further configured to send resource configuration information of the base station to the UE.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 31 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 3 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • the UE includes: a receiver 71, configured to receive resource configuration information of a first base station sent by a second base station, and a processor 72, configured to determine, according to resource configuration information of the first base station, a D2D communication station. Required communication resources.
  • the UE provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the receiver 71 is configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station by using the resource configured by the resource configuration information of the first base station.
  • FIG. 32 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 4 of a user equipment according to the present invention.
  • the UE further includes a transmitter 73.
  • the receiver 71 is also used to Receiving, by the second base station, a reference signal sent by the second base station, where the reference signal is used to instruct the UE to send a setup request message, and the transmitter 73, before receiving the resource configuration information of the first base station sent by the second base station, And configured to send the setup request message, where the setup request message is used to request the second base station to send resource configuration information of the first base station to the UE.
  • the receiver 71 is specifically configured to receive a first message sent by the first base station, where the first message is used to indicate the second base station to the UE.
  • the processor 72 is specifically configured to measure a signal receiving strength of the reference signal, and determine, according to a signal receiving strength of the reference signal, that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the transmitter 73 is configured to send the setup request message after the processor 72 determines that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station according to the signal reception strength of the reference signal.
  • the setup request message is an RRC Connection Setup Request message.
  • the receiver 71 is configured to receive a setup response message sent by the second base station, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where the setup request message is The UE is directly sent to the second base station.
  • the setup request message includes an identifier of the UE and first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station.
  • the receiver 71 is configured to receive a setup response message that is sent by the second base station according to the identifier of the UE, where the setup response message includes resource configuration information of the first base station, where The setup request message is sent by the UE to the second base station by using the first base station.
  • the foregoing setup response message is an RRC connection setup response message.
  • the processor 72 is configured to measure a signal receiving strength of a reference signal sent by the second base station according to the measurement indication sent by the first base station;
  • the transmitter 73 is configured to report the signal reception strength of the reference signal to the first base station, so that the first base station determines, according to the signal reception strength of the reference signal, the UE support and the After the second base station performs D2D communication, the identifier information of the UE is sent to the second base station; the identifier information of the UE is used to indicate to the second base station that the UE supports D2D communication with the second base station;
  • the receiver 71 is configured to receive the second indication information that is sent by the first base station and that carries the first identifier, and receive the resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station that is corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the UE performs D2D communication with the second base station corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the identifier information of the UE is further used to indicate that the second base station is the second serving cell of the UE.
  • the receiver 71 is configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station that is sent by the second base station corresponding to the first identifier by using the first base station.
  • the transmitter 73 is configured to send an RRC connection setup request message to the second base station corresponding to the first identifier, where the receiver 71 is configured to receive the second corresponding to the first identifier.
  • the UE provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principles and technical effects thereof are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 33 is a schematic structural diagram of Embodiment 8 of a base station according to the present invention.
  • the base station can be the second base station in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the base station includes: a receiver 81, configured to receive resource configuration information of the first base station, where the resource configuration information of the first base station is used to configure the UE to perform device and device D2D communication with the base station. a resource, and configured to set a communication mode of the base station and the first base station to a D2D communication mode; a processor 82, configured to use a resource configured by resource configuration information of the first base station, and the first base station Perform D2D communication.
  • the base station provided by the embodiment of the present invention may perform the foregoing method embodiments, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

本发明提供一种资源分配方法、基站和用户设备。该方法包括：第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第二基站向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。本发明实施例提供的方法，使得UE可以利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与第二基站或核心网进行D2D通信，进而使得第一基站的上行或下行资源可以被该UE复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。

Description

资源分配方法、基站和用户设备 技术领域
本发明涉及通信技术，尤其涉及一种资源分配方法、基站和用户设备。
背景技术
近些年来，无线通信技术得到了迅速的发展，无线用户的数量急剧增多，业务需求也急剧增加。随着各种新的无线业务的出现，人们对通信速率的需求越来越高，而能应用于无线通信的频谱资源十分有限，要在有限频谱资源中提供足够高的数据通信速率来满足用户的需求，提高频谱利用率就显得十分重要。
目前，在频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing，以下简称FDD)系统中，移动宽带(Mobile Broadband，以下简称MBB)业务的不对称性非常明显，下行业务量是上行业务量的3倍，于是造成的下行的频谱资源不够用，而上行的频谱资源经常处于空闲状态的现象出现。
因此，如何能够最大化的利用频谱资源来传输业务是本发明需要解决的问题。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种资源分配方法、基站和用户设备，用以解决现有技术中资源利用率不高的技术问题。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供一种资源分配方法，包括：
第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息；
所述第二基站向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
结合第一方面，在第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站接收所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，还包括：
所述第二基站向所述第一基站指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
结合第一方面或第一方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第二 种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息
结合第一方面至第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息前，还包括：
所述第二基站向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；
所述第二基站接收所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述第二基站向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息，其中，所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，则所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。
结合第一方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第一方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
结合第一方面至第一方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
结合第一方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第一方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，还包括：
所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的数据；
所述第二基站根据第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述数据。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第十种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第一方面的第十一种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述第二基站通过所述第一基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第十种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第一方面的第十二种可能的实施方式中，所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述第二基站接收所述UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息；
所述第二基站向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，其中，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第一方面的第八种可能的实施方式至第一方面的第十二种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第一方面的第十三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一基 站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括所述第一基站的上行资源和/或所述第一基站的下行资源。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供一种资源分配方法，包括：
第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
结合第二方面，在第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，还包括：
所述第一基站根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，所述方法还包括：
所述第一基站向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
所述第一基站接收所述UE发送的携带第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述第一基站将所述UE的标识携带在所述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给所述第二基站，以使所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第二方面或第二方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，所述方法还包括：
所述第一基站向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
所述第一基站向所述UE发送测量指示，所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；
所述第一基站根据接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强 度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
结合第二方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第二方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第二方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带所述第一标识的第二指示信息之后，还包括：
所述第一基站接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，并将所述第一基站的资源配置信息发送给所述UE。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供一种资源分配方法，包括：
用户设备UE接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息；
所述UE根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信所需要的通信资源。
结合第三方面，在第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述UE接收所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：
所述UE接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；
所述UE发送所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述UE发送所述建立请求消息，具体包括：
所述UE接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
所述UE测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述UE发送所述建立请求消息。
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述UE接收所述第二基站发送的建立响应消息，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
结合第三方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第四种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述UE接收所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识发送的建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。
结合第三方面的第五种可能的实施方式至第三方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
结合第三方面或第三方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述UE根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的 参考信号的信号接收强度；
所述UE将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述UE接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
结合第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站通过所述第一基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第三方面的第八种可能的实施方式或第三方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第三方面的第十一种可能的实施方式中，所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
所述UE向所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息；
所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供一种资源分配方法，包括：
所述第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源，并用于将所述第二基站与所述第一基站的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式；
所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与所述第 一基站进行D2D通信。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供一种基站，包括：
接收模块，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息；
发送模块，用于向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
结合第五方面，在第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述发送模块，还用于在接收模块接收所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，向所述第一基站指示所述基站支持D2D通信。
结合第五方面或第五方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述发送模块，具体用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述发送模块，还用于在向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息前，向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；
所述接收模块，还用于接收所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述发送模块，具体用于向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息，其中，所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述基站的。
结合第五方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信，则所述发送模块，具体用于根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基 站发送给所述基站的。
结合第五方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第五方面的第六种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第二种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信；
所述发送模块，具体用于根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第五方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
结合第五方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第五方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，还用于在所述发送模块根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，接收所述第一基站发送的数据；
所述发送模块，还用于根据第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述数据。
结合第五方面的第八种可能的实施方式至第五方面的第十种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第十一种可能的实施方式中，所述发送模块，具体用于通过所述第一基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第五方面的第八种可能的实施方式至第五方面的第十种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第十二种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息；
所述发送模块，具体用于向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，其中，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第五方面至第五方面的第十二种可能的实施方式中的任一项，在第五方面的第十三种可能的实施方式中，所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括所述第一基站的上行资源和/或所述第一基站的下行资源。
第六方面，本发明实施例提供一种基站，包括：
发送模块，用于向第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息，所述基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
结合第六方面，在第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述基站还包括：
处理模块，用于根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述基站还包括接收模块；
所述发送模块，还用于在向所述第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息之后，向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
所述接收模块，用于接收所述UE发送的携带第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
则所述发送模块，还用于将所述UE的标识携带在所述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给所述第二基站，以使所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述基站的资源配置信息。
结合第六方面或第六方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述基站还包括接收模块；
所述发送模块，还用于向所述UE发送第一消息，并向所述UE发送测量指示；其中，所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；
所述处理模块，还用于根据所述接收模块接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
则发送模块，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于 向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实施方式或第六方面的第四种可能的实施方式，在第六方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，还用于在所述发送模块向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带所述第一标识的第二指示信息之后，接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述基站的资源配置信息，
所述发送模块，还用于将所述基站的资源配置信息发送给所述UE。
第七方面，本发明实施例提供一种用户设备UE，包括：
接收模块，用于接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息；
处理模块，用于根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信所需要的通信资源。
结合第七方面，在第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第二种可能的实施方式中，所述UE还包括发送模块；
所述接收模块，还用于在接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；
所述发送模块，用于发送所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第七方面的第二种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第三种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
所述处理模块，具体用于测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所 述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述发送模块，具体用于在所述处理模块根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，发送所述建立请求消息。
结合第七方面的第三种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
结合第七方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中任一项，在第七方面的第五种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的建立响应消息，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
结合第七方面的第二种可能的实施方式至第七方面的第四种可能的实施方式中任一项，在第七方面的第六种可能的实施方式中，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识发送的建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。
结合第七方面的第五种可能的实施方式或第七方面的第六种可能的实施方式中任一项，在第七方面的第七种可能的实施方式中，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
结合第七方面或第七方面的第一种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第八种可能的实施方式中，所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；
所述发送模块，具体用于将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，并接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
结合第七方面的第八种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第九种可能的实施方式中，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
结合第七方面的第八种可能的实施方式或第七方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第十种可能的实施方式中，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站通过所述第一基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
结合第七方面的第八种可能的实施方式或第七方面的第九种可能的实施方式，在第七方面的第十一种可能的实施方式中，，所述发送模块，具体用于向所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息；
所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
第八方面，本发明实施例提供一种基站，包括：
接收模块，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源，并用于将所述基站与所述第一基站的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式；
处理模块，用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与所述第一基站进行D2D通信。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法、基站和用户设备，通过第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息，并向UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与第二基站或核心网进行D2D通信，进而使得第一基站的上行或下行资源可以被该UE复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本发明实施例或现有技术中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作一简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图是本发明的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例一的流程示意图；
图2为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例二的流程示意图；
图3为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例三的流程示意图；
图4为本发明提供的一协议栈的示意图；
图5为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例四的流程示意图；
图6为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例五的流程示意图；
图7为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例六的流程示意图；
图8为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例八的流程示意图；
图9为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例九的流程示意图；
图10为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十的流程示意图；
图11为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十一的流程示意图；
图12为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十二的流程示意图；
图13为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十三的流程示意图；
图14为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十四的流程示意图；
图15为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十五的流程示意图；
图16为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十六的信令流程图；
图17为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十七的信令流程图；
图18为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十八的信令流程图；
图19为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十九的信令流程图；
图20为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例二十的流程示意图；
图21为本发明提供的另一协议栈的示意图；
图22为本发明提供的另一协议栈的示意图；
图23为本发明提供的另一协议栈的示意图；
图24为本发明提供的基站实施例一的结构示意图；
图25为本发明提供的基站实施例三的结构示意图；
图26为本发明提供的用户设备实施例一的结构示意图；
图27为本发明提供的用户设备实施例二的结构示意图；
图28为本发明提供的基站实施例四的结构示意图；
图29为本发明提供的基站实施例五的结构示意图；
图30为本发明提供的基站实施例七的结构示意图；
图31为本发明提供的用户设备实施例三的结构示意图；
图32为本发明提供的用户设备实施例四的结构示意图；
图33为本发明提供的基站实施例八的结构示意图。
具体实施方式
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚，下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例，而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都属于本发明保护的范围。
本申请中涉及的终端，即用户设备，可以是无线终端也可以是有线终端，无线终端可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备，具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(例如，RAN，Radio Access Network)与一个或多个核心网进行通信，无线终端可以是移动终端，如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如，个人通信业务(PCS，Personal Communication Service)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(WLL，Wireless Local Loop)站、个人数字助理(PDA，Personal Digital Assistant)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station)，移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。
本申请中涉及的基站(例如，接入点)可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换，作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器，其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如，基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(BTS，Base Transceiver Station)，也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB)，还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB，evolutional Node B)，本申请并不限定。
本发明实施例涉及的是异构网络的场景，该场景的网络架构可以包括一个宏基站、至少一个微基站和至少一个UE，宏基站与微基站之间具有X2接口的逻辑连接，宏基站与核心网之间建立了S1连接，微基站可以与核心网建立S1连接，也可以不与核心网建立S1连接。并且，本发明实施例涉及的UE与微基站之间的连接均为设备与设备(Device to Device，以下简称D2D)连接，也就是说本发明实施例涉及的微基站与UE之间无论是信令的传递，还是数据的交换，二者之间的通信模式均为D2D通信模式，并且微基站和/或UE均可以复用宏基站的上行或下行资源，提高了整个通信系统中的资源利用率。本发明的具体实现过程可以参见下述实施例，并且下述实施例中的第一基站为宏基站，第二基站为微基站，且第二基站可以为一个，也可以为多个，每个第二基站执行的操作是相同的。
图1为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例一的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第二基站具备与UE进行D2D通信的能力，第二基站将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE的具体过程。如图1所示，该方法包括：
S101：第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，第一基站可以周期性的向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，也可以在检测到第二基站支持D2D通信之后向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，还可以通过其他的触发方式向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。故，第二基站在接收第一基站的资源配置信息时，可以是周期性的接收，还可以是一次接收并在预设时间段内使用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源进行D2D通信，在预设时间过后，释放第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源。
S102：第二基站向UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
具体的，第二基站在接收到第一基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息后，可以对该第一基站的资源配置信息进行解析或解码等处理，或者，可以将该第一基站的资源配置信息转换为UE可识别的格式发送给UE，从而使得UE可以根据该资源配置信息确定UE与第二基站进行D2D通信时所需要的资源。需要说明的是，本实施例中的UE支持D2D通信，第二基站也默认为支持D2D通信，故UE与第二基站之间的通信模式为D2D通信模式。
当UE收到上述第一基站的资源配置信息后，可以根据该第一基站的资源配置信息确定与第二基站进行D2D通信的资源，可选的，该资源可以为第一基站的上行资源，也可以为第一基站的下行资源。可选的，该第一基站的资源配置信息中还可以包括物理资源块参数，UE可以根据该物理资源块参数获知UE与核心网或其他的网元设备进行D2D通信时的数据或信令格式，从而利用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与核心网或其他的网元设备以D2D通信模式进行数据传输或信令交互。也就是说，本发明实施例中，第一基站的上行或下行资源可以被与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE复用，从而提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息，并向UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与第二基站或核心网进行D2D通信，进而使得第一基站的上行或下行资源可以被该UE复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
在上述图1所示实施例的基础上，本发明实施例二涉及的是第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信的具体过程。如图2所示，进一步地，在S101之前，还包括：
S201：第二基站向所述第一基站指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
具体的，第二基站检测自身是否具有D2D通信的能力，可选的，第二基站可以通过检测自身是否安装了D2D模块来确定其是否具有D2D通信的能力，该D2D模块可以是一个实体单板，也可能是支持D2D通信的程序。即 在最初部署整个网络架构时，可以在第二基站上部署一个具有D2D通信能力的实体单板，也可以是在第二基站加载支持D2D通信能力的程序。
当第二基站检测到自身支持D2D通信时，可选的，可以向第一基站发送指示信息；第一基站接收到该指示信息后，获知第二基站支持D2D通信。该指示信息可以是以RRC信令的形式上报给第一基站，也可以是其他信令的形式上报给第一基站，本发明实施例对该指示信息的形式并不做限制，只要使得第一基站在接收到该指示信息后获知第二基站支持D2D通信即可。可选的，第二基站还可以将自己支持D2D通信的能力上报给操作管理维护台(Operation Administration and Maintenance，以下简称OAM)或者OAM主动监测第二基站是否支持D2D通信，从而使得OAM可以在获知第二基站支持D2D通信时，由操作管理人员通过OAM对第一基站进行一些相应的配置，从而使得第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信，进而向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，当第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信时，可以指示第二基站通过与D2D终端进行通信来建立D2D小区(D2D cell)，即此时第二基站可以看作是一个具有D2D通信能力的蜂窝直通终端，与D2D终端可以采用D2D通信模式进行通信。故，第一基站可以向第二基站发送另一指示信息，该指示信息中可以携带第一基站的资源。可选的，该第一基站的资源可以是时频域的资源范围，例如：频域index＝4至index＝54的物理资源块，时域中的每个子帧；或者，频域为全部的物理资源块，时域是每个帧中的子帧号从0-4的子帧等。第二基站在接收到该指示信息后，可以结合该指示信息中携带的第一基站的资源向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。也就是说，第一基站的资源配置信息可以是第一基站直接发送给第二基站的，还可以是第一基站向第二基站发送一指示信息，第二基站根据该指示信息向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，第二基站可以采用自身的下行资源向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。需要说明的是，上述UE为第二基站确定的满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件的UE，且该UE与第二基站交互时的通信模式为D2D通信模式。可选的，上述UE满足第二基站进行D2D通信的 预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
图3为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例三的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第二基站向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息的具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图3所示，该方法具体包括如下步骤：
S301：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S302：第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，S301具体可以参照上述实施例二的S201的执行过程，S302具体可以参照上述实施例一中的S101的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
S303：第二基站向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息。
具体的，第二基站在收到携带第一基站的资源配置信息后，向UE发送参考信号，以指示UE发送建立请求消息。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源发送该参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送该参考信号。该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括第一基站的上行资源和/或第一基站的下行资源。可选的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，上述参考信号可以是携带在广播消息中，以广播的形式发送给UE的。
S304：第二基站接收所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息，且所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
具体的，第一基站会将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进行广播，UE在收到该第一消息后获知第二基站支持D2D通信。之后，UE接收并测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度，并判断该参考信号的信号接收强度是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，可选的，该预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号 的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
当UE判断参考信号的信号接收强度满足该预设条件时，UE确定自己支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此，UE在需要与第二基站进行业务交互时，会向第二基站发送建立请求消息，该建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。在本实施例中，该建立请求消息可以为RRC连接建立请求消息。需要说明的是，此时UE实际上就是一个D2D终端。
S305：第二基站向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息，该建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
具体的，上述UE向第二基站发送建立请求消息(即RRC连接建立请求消息)，实际上为UE向第二基站发起了RRC连接，具体为：UE向第二基站发送前导(Premble)码，第二基站在接收到该前导码之后，向UE发送随机接入信道响应消息(Random Access Channel Response，以下简称RAR)消息；之后，UE向第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，第二基站根据该RRC连接建立响应消息确定该UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此第二基站向UE发送建立响应消息，该建立响应消息即为RRC连接建立响应消息，并且，该RRC连接建立响应消息中包含第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，第二基站与UE建立RRC连接，可以是采用自身的下行资源与UE建立RRC连接，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与UE建立RRC连接。
进一步地，第二基站与UE建立RRC连接的同时，第二基站还与核心网建立了S1连接，从而使得UE采用上述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源，通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互。
需要说明的是，无论是UE与第二基站建立RRC连接，还是UE通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互，只要涉及UE与第二基站进行D2D通信的过程，均可以采用图4所示的协议栈。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信后，接收第一基站的资源配置信息，并与UE建立RRC连接，并在建立RRC连接的过程中，将第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给UE，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信 息所配置的资源与网元设备进行通信。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图5为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例四的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第二基站向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图5所示，该方法具体包括如下步骤：
S401：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S402：第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，S401具体可以参照上述实施例二的S201的执行过程，S402具体可以参照上述实施例一中的S101的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
S403：第二基站向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息。
具体的，第二基站在收到携带第一基站的资源配置信息后，向UE发送参考信号，以指示UE发送建立请求消息。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源发送该参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送该参考信号。该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括第一基站的上行资源和/或第一基站的下行资源。可选的，第二基站在收到携带第一基站的资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，上述参考信号可以是携带在广播消息中，以广播的形式发送给UE的。
S404：第二基站接收所述建立请求消息，该建立请求消息是所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的；其中，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，该建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
具体的，第一基站会将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进行广播，UE在收到该第一消息后获知第二基站支持D2D通信。之后，UE接收并 测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度，并判断该参考信号的信号接收强度是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。可选的，该预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。当UE判断UE接收参考信号的信号接收强度满足该预设条件时，UE确定自己支持与第二基站进行D2D通信。需要说明的是，此时UE实际上就是一个D2D终端。
与上述实施例二不同的是，UE在确定自身可以和第二基站进行D2D通信时，UE此时是向第一基站发送建立请求消息，然后由第一基站将该建立请求消息发送给第二基站，本实施例中，该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。也就是说，本实施例中，UE是向第一基站发起RRC建立连接请求。具体为：UE向第一基站发送前导码，第一基站在接收到该前导码之后，向UE发送RAR消息；之后，UE向第一基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，并在该RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的标识和第一指示信息，使得第一基站获知该UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，因此第一基站将所接收到的RRC连接建立请求消息发送给第二基站，使得第二基站根据上述第一指示信息和UE的标识获知UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信。
S405：第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站资源配置信息，该建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
具体的，第二基站接收到第一基站发送的携带上述UE的标识和第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息后，将上述获取的第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给UE。可选的，第二基站可以采用自身的下行资源向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，还可以采用第一基站的资源向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息。
进一步地，第二基站向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息同时，第二基站还与核心网建立了S1连接，从而使得UE可以采用上述第一基站的资源，并通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互。
需要说明的是，无论是第二基站向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，还是UE通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互，只要涉及UE与第二基站进行 D2D通信的过程，均可以采用图4所示的协议栈。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第二基站向第一基站发送第一指示信息，使得第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信后，向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，当第二基站通过第一基站发送的携带UE的标识和第一指示信息的RRC连接请求消息，获知UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信后，根据该UE的标识向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与网元设备进行通信。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的上行资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图6为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例五的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第二基站向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图6所示，该方法具体包括如下步骤：
S501：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S502：第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，S501具体可以参照上述实施例二的S201的执行过程，S502具体可以参照上述实施例一中的S101的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
S503：第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，可以发送参考信号，可选的，该参考信号可以携带在广播消息中以广播的形式发送。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源广播参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送参考信号。可选的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。
进一步地，第一基站也会将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进行广播，并且通过该第一消息告知UE不能主动去接收第二基站发送的参考 信号。因此，UE在收到第一基站广播的第一消息后，UE向第一基站发起建立蜂窝连接的进程，具体的建立过程可以参见现有技术，在此不再赘述。之后，第一基站向UE发送测量指示，指示UE测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。当UE测量第二基站的参考信号的信号接收强度之后，将该参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站，使得第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
当第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，则第一基站向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，使得第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信。另外，第一基站还将第一标识携带在第二指示信息中发送给UE，使得UE获知当下应该与该第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信(因为在实际场景中，第二基站可以为多个，第一基站确定UE满足与多个第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，则第一基站会控制UE当前与哪个或哪几个第二基站进行D2D通信，故第一基站会将当前即将与UE进行D2D通信的第二基站的标识告知给UE)。
S504：第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，当第二基站根据UE的标识信息确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信后，第二基站向该UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的下行资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE，还可以是采用第一基站的资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。
可选的，第二基站还可以将该第一基站的资源配置信息通过第一基站转发给UE。
可选的，当UE接收到第一基站发送的第二指示信息后，会向第二指示信息中携带的第一标识对应的第二基站发起RRC连接，即UE会向第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，由于该第二基站之前已经根据UE的标识信息获知UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此该第二基站会接受UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息，并将第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给该UE。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第二基站向第一基站发送第一 指示信息，使得第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信后，向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，当第二基站通过第一基站发送的UE的标识信息确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信后，根据该UE的标识信息向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与网元设备进行通信。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图7为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例六的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第二基站作为UE的第二服务小区，第二基站向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例适用于主从基站集成(Master-Slave eNB Aggregation，以下简称MSA)的场景，即第一基站从核心网获取数据，然后将该数据中的一部分直接发给UE，另一部分通过第二基站发送给UE，且第二基站与UE的通信模式为D2D通信模式。如图7所示，该方法包括：
S601：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S602：第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，S601具体可以参照上述实施例二的S201的执行过程，S602具体可以参照上述实施例一中的S101的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
S603：第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，并用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
具体的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，可以发送参考信号，可选的，该参考信号可以携带在广播消息中以广播的形式发送。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源广播参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送参考信号。可选的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。
进一步地，第一基站也会将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进行广播，并且通过该第一消息告知UE不能主动去接收第二基站发送的参考信号。因此，UE在收到第一基站广播的第一消息后，UE向第一基站发起建 立蜂窝连接的进程，具体的建立过程可以参见现有技术，在此不再赘述。之后，第一基站向UE发送测量指示，指示UE接收并测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。当UE测量第二基站的参考信号的信号接收强度之后，将该参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站，使得第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
当第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，则第一基站向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，使得第二基站根据该UE的标识信息确定UE可以与第二基站进行D2D通信，并且第二基站还根据该UE的标识信息获知第二基站此时是作为UE的第二服务小区为UE进行服务的(第一基站作为UE的第一服务小区为UE服务)，即第二基站会告知UE如何将接收到的第二基站发送的数据和第一基站发送的数据进行排序或合并处理，或者告知UE第二基站发送数据的顺序等信息，使得UE可以将接收到的第一基站发送的部分数据和第二基站发送的另一部分数据进行合并排序，以获取完整的数据。
另外，第一基站还将第一标识携带在第二指示信息中发送给UE，使得UE获知当下应该与该第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信(因为在实际场景中，第二基站可以为多个，第一基站确定UE满足与多个第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，则第一基站会控制UE当前与哪个或哪几个第二基站进行D2D通信，故第一基站会将当前即将与UE进行D2D通信的第二基站的标识告知给UE)。
S604：第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体可以参见上述实施例五中的S504，在此不再赘述。
S605：第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的数据。
具体的，该数据可以为业务信息，也可以为信令或者消息，还可以为其他的数据。
S606：第二基站根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述数据。
需要说明的是，由于第二基站已经作为UE的第二服务小区为UE服务，因此，UE在接收到第二基站采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送 的数据后，可以通过第二基站获知如何将接收到的第二基站发送的数据与接收到的第一基站发送的数据进行排序或合并处理，从而获取完整的数据。上述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源可以为第一基站的上行资源，也可以为第一基站的下行资源。并且，上述所有实施例所涉及的第一基站的资源均指的是第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源。
可选的，当UE接收到第二基站的数据时，会向第二基站发送确认反馈，该确认反馈的发送方式可以有下述几种方式：
第一种：无论第二基站与核心网是否存在物理连接，UE均只使用与第二基站之间的D2D链路(D2D link)，将确认反馈传送给第二基站，然后由第二基站传递到第一基站，再到达核心网。
第二种：当第二基站与核心网存在物理连接时，UE只使用D2D link，将确认反馈传送给第二基站，然后由第二基站传递到达核心网。
第三种：UE只使用蜂窝链路，即UE将确认反馈传送给第一基站，然后由第一基站传递到达核心网。
第四种：UE同时使用上述第三种和第一种传输方式，由第一基站统一上传到核心网。
需要说明的是，第二基站向UE发送数据时所采用的第一基站的资源与UE使用D2D Link向第二基站发送确认反馈时所采用的第一基站的资源不同，即UE可以通过第一基站的资源配置消息中的内容获知第二基站采用的第一基站的资源的范围或者频点，UE在发送确认反馈时采用区别于第二基站所使用的第一基站的资源范围或频点，以避免资源冲突。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第二基站向第一基站发送第一指示信息，使得第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信后，向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，当第二基站通过第一基站发送的UE的标识信息确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信后，根据该UE的标识信息向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置资源与网元设备进行通信。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
本发明实施例七提供了一种资源分配方法。本实施例涉及的是第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，使得第二基站将第一基站的资源分配给UE的具体过程。该方法包括：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
具体的，第一基站可以周期性的向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，也可以在检测到第二基站支持D2D通信之后向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，还可以通过其他的触发方式向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。故，第二基站在接收第一基站的资源配置信息时，可以是周期性的接收，还可以是一次接收并在预设时间段内使用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源进行D2D通信，在预设时间过后，释放第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源。
当第二基站在接收到第一基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息后，可以将该第一基站的资源配置信息转发给UE，使得UE可以根据该第一基站的资源配置信息确定与第二基站进行D2D通信的资源，还可以利用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与核心网或其他的网元设备以D2D通信模式进行数据传输或信令交互。也就是说，本发明实施例中，第一基站的上行或下行资源可以被与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE复用，从而提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，使得第二基站将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与第二基站或核心网进行D2D通信，进而使得第一基站的上行或下行资源可以被该UE复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图8为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例八的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信后，第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息的具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图8所示，该方法包括：
S801：第一基站根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通 信。
具体的，第二基站检测自身是否具有D2D通信的能力，可选的，第二基站可以通过检测自身是否安装了D2D模块来确定其是否具有D2D通信的能力，该D2D模块可以是一个实体单板，也可能是支持D2D通信的程序。即在最初部署整个网络架构时，可以在第二基站上部署一个具有D2D通信能力的实体单板，也可以是在第二基站加载支持D2D通信能力的程序。当第二基站检测到自身支持D2D通信时，可选的，可以向第一基站发送指示信息；第一基站接收到该指示信息后，获知第二基站支持D2D通信。该指示信息可以是以RRC信令的形式上报给第一基站，也可以是其他信令的形式上报给第一基站，本发明实施例对该指示信息的形式并不做限制，只要使得第一基站在接收到该指示信息后获知第二基站支持D2D通信即可。可选的，第二基站还可以将自己支持D2D通信的能力上报给OAM或者OAM主动监测第二基站是否支持D2D通信，从而使得OAM可以在获知第二基站支持D2D通信时，由操作管理人员通过OAM对第一基站进行一些相应的配置，从而使得第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信，进而向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
S802：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
该步骤具体可以参照上述实施例七的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
S803：第一基站向UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
具体的，第二基站在收到携带第一基站的资源配置信息后，向UE发送参考信号，以指示UE发送建立请求消息。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源发送该参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送该广播参考信号。该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括第一基站的上行资源和/或第一基站的下行资源。可选的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，上述参考信号可以是携带在广播消息中，以广播的形式发送给UE的。
进一步地，第一基站会将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进行广播，UE在收到该第一消息后获知第二基站支持D2D通信。之后，UE接收并测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度，并判断该参考信号的信号接收强度是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。可选的，该预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
当UE判断UE接收参考信号的信号接收强度满足该预设条件时，UE确定自己支持与第二基站进行D2D通信。需要说明的是，此时UE实际上就是一个D2D终端。
S804：第一基站接收所述UE发送的携带第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，UE在确定自身可以和第二基站进行D2D通信时，UE向第一基站发起建立RRC连接。具体为：UE向第一基站发送前导(Premble)码，第一基站在接收到该前导码之后，向UE发送RAR消息；之后，UE向第一基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，并在该RRC连接建立请求消息中携带第一指示信息，使得第一基站通过该第一指示信息获知该UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
S805：第一基站将所述UE的标识携带在所述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给所述第二基站，以使所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，第一基站根据上述RRC连接请求消获知该UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件后，将上述UE的标识携带在该RRC连接建立请求消息发送给第二基站(此时RRC连接请求消息中携带该UE的标识和上述第一指示信息)。第二基站接收该RRC连接建立请求消息，获知上述UE的标识所对应的UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此第二基站向UE发送RRC建立连接响应消息，并且，该RRC连接建立响应消息中包含第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，第二基站可以采用自身的下行资源向UE发送RRC 连接建立响应消息，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息。
进一步地，第二基站向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息同时，第二基站还与核心网建立了S1连接，从而使得UE可以采用上述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源，并通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互。
需要说明的是，无论是第二基站向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，还是UE通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互，只要涉及UE与第二基站进行D2D通信的过程，均可以采用上述图4所示的协议栈。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，第一基站在根据第二基站的指示确定第二基站支持D2D通信后，向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息以及向UE广播第二基站支持D2D通信的第一消息，使得UE根据测量的第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信后，与第一基站建立RRC连接，从而使得第一基站将携带UE的标识和第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求发送给第二基站，进而使得第二基站向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图9为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例九的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信后，第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图9所示，该方法包括：
S901：第一基站根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
S902：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
具体的，S901的具体执行过程可以参照上述实施例八中的S801的具体内容，S902的具体执行过程可以参照上述实施例七的执行过程，在此不再赘 述
S903：第一基站向UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
具体的，第二基站在收到携带第一基站的资源配置信息后，向UE发送参考信号，以指示UE发送建立请求消息。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源发送该参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送该广播参考信号。该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括第一基站的上行资源和/或第一基站的下行资源。可选的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，上述参考信号可以是携带在广播消息中，以广播的形式发送给UE的。
进一步地，第一基站会将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进行广播，并且通过该第一消息告知UE不能主动去接收第二基站发送的参考信号。因此，UE在收到第一基站广播的第一消息后，UE向第一基站发起建立蜂窝连接的进程，具体的建立过程可以参见现有技术，在此不再赘述。
S904：第一基站向所述UE发送测量指示，所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。
S905：第一基站根据接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，UE在接收到测量指示后，接收并测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度，并将该参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站，使得第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。可选的，该预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
S906：第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，当第一基站根据UE上报的参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件时，第一基站向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，使得第二基站根据该UE的标识信息获知该标识对应的UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信。另外，第一基站还向UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息(该第一标识为当前即将与UE进行D2D通信的第二基站的标识)，因此，UE可以根据该第一标识获知当下应该与该第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信(因为在实际场景中，第二基站可以为多个，第一基站确定UE满足与多个第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，则第一基站会控制UE当前与哪个或哪几个第二基站进行D2D通信，故第一基站会将当前即将与UE进行D2D通信的第二基站的标识告知给UE)。
之后，第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的下行资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE，还可以是采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。
可选的，第二基站还可以通过第一基站将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。
可选的，当UE接收到第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息后，会向该第一标识对应的第二基站发起RRC连接，即UE会向该第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，使得该第二基站将第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给该UE。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，第一基站在根据第二基站的指示确定第二基站支持D2D通信后，向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息以及向UE发送第二基站支持D2D通信的第一消息，使得UE在接收到第一基站发送的测量指示后，将所测量的参考信号的信号接收强度上报给第一基站，从而使得第一基站确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信后，向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，进而使得第二基站根据该UE的标识信息向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图10为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信后，第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例涉及的是第二基站作为UE的第二服务小区，第二基站为UE分配第一基站的上行资源的另一具体过程。本实施例适用于MSA的场景，即第一基站从核心网获取数据，然后将该数据中的一部分直接发给UE，另一部分通过第二基站发送给UE，且第二基站与UE的通信模式为D2D通信模式。如图10所示，该方法包括：
S1001：第一基站根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1002：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
具体的，S1001的具体执行过程可以参照上述实施例八中的S801的具体内容S1002的具体执行过程可以参照上述实施例七的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
S1003：第一基站向UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1004：第一基站向所述UE发送测量指示，所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。
S1005：第一基站根据接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，S1003至S1005的具体执行过程可以参照上述S903至S905的具体内容，在此不再赘述。
S1006：第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，并用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，当第一基站根据UE上报的参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件时，第一基站向第二基站发送UE 的标识信息，使得第二基站根据该UE的标识信息获知该标识对应的UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，并且第二基站还根据该UE的标识信息获知第二基站作为UE的第二服务小区为UE服务(第一基站作为UE的第一服务小区为UE服务)，即第二基站会告知UE如何将接收到的第二基站发送的数据和第一基站发送的数据进行排序或合并处理，或者告知UE第二基站发送数据的顺序等信息，使得UE可以将接收到的第一基站发送的部分数据和第二基站发送的另一部分数据进行合并排序，以获取完整的数据。
另外，第一基站还向UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息(该第一标识为当前即将与UE进行D2D通信的第二基站的标识)，因此，UE可以根据该第一标识获知当下应该与该第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信(因为在实际场景中，第二基站可以为多个，第一基站确定UE满足与多个第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，则第一基站会控制UE当前与哪个或哪几个第二基站进行D2D通信，故第一基站会将当前即将与UE进行D2D通信的第二基站的标识告知给UE)。
之后，第二基站根据UE的标识信息将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的下行资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE，还可以是采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。
可选的，第二基站还可以通过第一基站将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。
可选的，当UE接收到第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息后，会向该第一标识对应的第二基站发起RRC连接，即UE会向该第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，使得该第二基站将第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给该UE。
故，当第二基站接收到第一基站发送的数据时，会采用第一基站的资源将所述数据发送给UE，使得UE可以利用该第一基站的资源与其他的网元设备进行通信。
需要说明的是，由于第二基站已经作为UE的第二服务小区为UE服务，因此，UE在接收到第二基站采用第一基站的资源发送的数据后，可以通过第二基站获知如何将接收到的第二基站发送的数据与接收到的第一基站发送的 数据进行排序或合并处理，从而获取完整的数据。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，第一基站在根据第二基站的指示确定第二基站支持D2D通信后，向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息以及向UE发送第二基站支持D2D通信的第一消息，使得UE在接收到第一基站发送的测量指示后，将所测量的参考信号的信号接收强度上报给第一基站，从而使得第一基站确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信后，向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，进而使得第二基站根据该UE的标识信息向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息中发送给UE。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图11为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十一的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是UE接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息，并根据该第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信的资源的具体过程。如图11所示，该方法包括：
S1101：UE接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，第一基站会向第二基站发送资源配置信息，从而使得第二基站将第一基站的资源配置信息转发给UE。可选的，第一基站可以在获知第二基站支持D2D通信后，向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。其中，第一基站获知第二基站支持D2D通信的方式可以参照上述实施例中的内容，在此不再赘述。
可选的，第二基站可以采用自身的下行资源向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。需要说明的是，上述UE为第二基站确定的满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件的UE，且该UE与第二基站交互时的通信模式为D2D通信模式。可选的，上述UE满足第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
S1102：UE根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信所需要的通 信资源。
当UE接收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，可以对该第一基站的资源配置信息进行相应的处理，以获取UE与网元设备进行D2D通信时所需要的通信资源，该通信资源可以是第一基站的上行资源，还可以是第一基站的下行资源，且该通信资源可以是上述资源配置信息所配置的所有的资源，也可以是部分资源。可选的，上述第一基站的资源配置信息中还可以包括物理资源块参数，UE可以根据该物理资源块参数获知UE与核心网或其他的网元设备进行D2D通信时的数据或信令格式，从而利用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与核心网或其他的网元设备以D2D通信模式进行数据传输或信令交互。也就是说，本发明实施例中，第一基站的上行或下行资源可以被与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE复用，从而提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息，并根据第一基站的资源配置信息获取D2D通信所需的通信资源，并利用该通信资源进行D2D通信。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图12为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十二的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是UE获取第一基站的资源配置信息的具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。在上述图11所示实施例的基础上，上述资源配置信息为RRC连接建立响应消息，如图12所示，该方法具体包括如下步骤：
S1201：UE接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息。
具体的，第二基站在收到携带第一基站的资源配置信息后，向UE发送参考信号，以指示UE发送建立请求消息。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源发送参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送该参考信号。该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括第一基站的上行资源和/或第一基站的下行资源。可选的，第二基站在收到第一基站的 资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，上述参考信号可以是携带在广播消息中，以广播的形式发送给UE的。
UE发送建立请求消息的具体过程可以参见下述S1202至S1204的具体内容。
S1202：UE接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1203：UE测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，第一基站将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进行广播，UE在收到该第一消息后获知第二基站支持D2D通信。之后，UE接收并测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度，并判断该参考信号的信号接收强度是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，可选的，该预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
S1204：UE发送所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息，且所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
具体的，当UE判断参考信号的信号接收强度满足该预设条件时，UE确定自己支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此，UE在需要与第二基站进行业务交互时，会向第二基站发送建立请求消息，该建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。在本实施例中，该建立请求消息可以为RRC连接建立请求消息。需要说明的是，此时UE实际上就是一个D2D终端。
S1205：UE接收所述第二基站发送的建立响应消息，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
具体的，上述UE向第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息的过程，实际上为UE向第二基站发起了RRC连接，具体为：UE向第二基站发送前导 (Premble)码，第二基站在接收到该前导码之后，向UE发送RAR消息；之后，UE向第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，第二基站根据该RRC连接建立响应消息确定该UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此第二基站向UE发送建立响应消息，该建立响应消息即为RRC连接建立响应消息，并且，该RRC连接建立响应消息中包含第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，第二基站与UE建立RRC连接，可以是采用自身的下行资源与UE建立RRC连接，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与UE建立RRC连接。上述RRC连接建立响应消息可以是第二基站采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送给UE的。
进一步地，第二基站与UE建立RRC连接的同时，第二基站还与核心网建立了S1连接，从而使得UE采用上述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源，并通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互。
需要说明的是，无论是UE与第二基站建立RRC连接，还是UE通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互，只要涉及UE与第二基站进行D2D通信的过程，均可以采用图4所示的协议栈。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，UE根据第二基站发送的参考信号确定自身满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件后，与第二基站建立RRC连接，并在建立RRC连接过程中，接收第二基站发送的携带第一基站的资源配置信息的RRC连接建立响应消息，并根据该第一基站的资源配置信息确定通信所需的通信资源，从而利用该通信源进行D2D通信。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图13为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十三的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是UE获取第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图13所示，该方法具体包括如下步骤：
S1301：UE接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息。
S1302：UE接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1303：UE测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信。
上述S1301-S1303具体可以参见上述S1201-S1203的描述，在此不再赘述。
S1304：UE发送所述建立请求消息，该建立请求消息是所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的；其中，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
具体的，与上述实施例十二不同的是，UE在确定自身可以和第二基站进行D2D通信时，UE此时是向第一基站发送建立请求消息，然后由第一基站将该建立请求消息发送给第二基站，本实施例中，该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。也就是说，本实施例中，UE是向第一基站发起RRC建立连接请求。具体为：UE向第一基站发送前导码，第一基站在接收到该前导码之后，向UE发送RAR消息；之后，UE向第一基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，并在该RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的标识和第一指示信息，使得第一基站获知该UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，因此第一基站将所接收到的RRC连接建立请求消息发送给第二基站，使得第二基站根据上述第一指示信息和UE的标识获知该UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信。
S1305：UE接收所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识发送的建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；该建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
具体的，第二基站接收到第一基站发送的携带上述UE的标识和第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息后，将上述获取的第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给UE。可选的，第二基站可以采用自身的下行资源向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，还可以采用第一基站的资源向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息。UE接收第二基站发送的携带所述第 一基站的资源配置信息的RRC建立连接响应消息，从而获取D2D通信所需的通信资源。
进一步地，第二基站向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息同时，第二基站还与核心网建立了S1连接，从而使得UE可以采用上述第一基站的资源中的通信资源，并通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互。
需要说明的是，无论是第二基站向UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，还是UE通过第二基站与核心网进行数据交互，只要涉及UE与第二基站进行D2D通信的过程，均可以采用图4所示的协议栈。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，UE根据第二基站发送的参考信号确定自身满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件后，与第一基站建立RRC连接，使得第一基站将携带UE的标识和第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息发送给第二基站，从而使得UE接收第二基站发送的携带第一基站的资源配置信息的RRC连接建立响应消息，并根据该RRC连接建立响应消息获取D2D通信所需的通信资源。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图14为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十四的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是UE获取第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例适用的场景是第二基站与核心网之间建立S1连接，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图14所示，该方法具体包括如下步骤：
S1401：UE根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。
具体的，第二基站在收到携带第一基站的资源配置信息后，可以发送参考信号，可选的，该参考信号可以携带在广播消息中以广播的形式发送。可选的，第二基站可以采用自己的上行资源广播参考信号，还可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送参考信号。可选的，第二基站在收到第一基站的资源配置信息后，还可以向第一基站发送一个确认应答，告知第一基站已成功接收到第一基站的资源配置信息。
进一步地，第一基站也会将第二基站支持D2D通信携带在第一消息中进 行广播，并且通过该第一消息告知UE不能主动去接收第二基站发送的参考信号。因此，UE在收到第一基站广播的第一消息后，UE向第一基站发起建立蜂窝连接的进程，具体的建立过程可以参见现有技术，在此不再赘述。之后，第一基站向UE发送测量指示，指示UE接收并测量第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。
S1402：UE将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，当UE测量第二基站的参考信号的信号接收强度之后，将该参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站，使得第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。可选的，该预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
当第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件时，则第一基站向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，使得第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息确定UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信。
S1403：UE接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，当第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件时，第一基站还将第一标识携带在第二指示信息中发送给UE，使得UE获知当下应该与该第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信(因为在实际场景中，第二基站可以为多个，第一基站确定UE满足与多个第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，则第一基站会控制UE当前与哪个或哪几个第二基站进行D2D通信，故第一基站会将当前即将与UE进行D2D通信的第二基站的标识告知给UE)。
S1404：UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资 源配置信息。
具体的，第一基站通过第二指示信息指示UE与第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信，则该第一标识对应的第二基站可以采用自己的下行资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE，还可以是采用第一基站的资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。
可选的，UE还可以接收该第一标识对应的第二基站通过第一基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，当UE接收到第一基站发送的第二指示信息后，会向第二指示信息中携带的第一标识对应的第二基站发起RRC连接，即UE会向该第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，由于第二基站之前已经根据UE的标识信息获知UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此第二基站会接受UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息，并将第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给该UE。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第一基站向UE发送测量指示，UE将根据该测量指示测量的第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站，以使得第一基站确定UE是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，并且在判断UE满足预设条件后向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，从而使得第二基站根据UE的标识信息向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息，从而使得UE利用该第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与网元设备进行通信。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图15为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十五的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是UE获取第一基站的资源配置信息的另一具体过程。本实施例适用于MSA的场景，即第一基站从核心网获取数据，然后将该数据中的一部分直接发给UE，另一部分通过第二基站发送给UE，且第二基站与UE的通信模式为D2D通信模式。如图15所示，该方法包括：
S1501：UE根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。
具体的，该S1501的具体执行过程可以参照上述S1401的具体内容，在此不再赘述。
S1502：UE将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，并用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
具体的，当UE测量第二基站的参考信号的信号接收强度之后，将该参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站，使得第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。可选的，该预设条件可以是UE接收到的信号的接收强度满足预设阈值，或者可以是UE解调信号的信干噪比的阈值，也可以是UE与所述第二基站的距离满足一定的条件等。
当第一基站根据该参考信号的信号接收强度判断UE满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件时，则第一基站向第二基站发送携带UE的标识信息，使得第二基站根据该UE的标识信息确定获知该UE可以与第二基站进行D2D通信，并且第二基站还根据该UE的标识信息获知第二基站此时是作为UE的第二服务小区为UE进行服务的(第一基站作为UE的第一服务小区为UE服务)，即第二基站会告知UE如何将接收到的第二基站发送的数据和第一基站发送的数据进行排序或合并处理，或者告知UE第二基站发送数据的顺序等信息，使得UE可以将接收到的第一基站发送的部分数据和第二基站发送的另一部分数据进行合并排序，以获取完整的数据。
S1503：UE接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，S1503的具体过程可以参照上述S1403的具体内容，在此不再赘述。
S1504：UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
具体的，第一基站通过第二指示信息指示UE与第一标识对应的第二基 站进行D2D通信，则该第一标识对应的第二基站可以采用自己的下行资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE，还可以是采用第一基站的上行资源将第一基站的资源配置信息发送给UE。
可选的，UE还可以接收该第一标识对应的第二基站通过第一基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，当UE接收到第一基站发送的第二指示信息后，会向第二指示信息中携带的第一标识对应的第二基站发起RRC连接，即UE会向该第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，由于第二基站之前已经根据UE的标识信息获知UE支持与第二基站进行D2D通信，因此第二基站会接受UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息，并将第一基站的资源配置信息携带在RRC连接建立响应消息中发送给该UE。
进一步地，当第二基站与UE开始进行D2D通信时，第二基站可以采用第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源将接收到的第一基站的部分数据发送给UE(另一部分数据由第一基站发送给UE)，由于第二基站已经作为UE的第二服务小区为UE服务，因此，UE在接收到第二基站采用第一基站的资源发送的数据后，可以通过第二基站获知如何将接收到的第二基站发送的数据与接收到的第一基站发送的数据进行排序或合并处理，从而获取完整的数据。
可选的，当UE接收到第二基站的数据时，会向第二基站发送确认反馈，该确认反馈的发送方式可以有下述几种方式：
第一种：无论第二基站与核心网是否存在物理连接，UE均只使用与第二基站之间的D2D链路(D2D link)，将确认反馈传送给第二基站，然后由第二基站传递到第一基站，再到达核心网。
第二种：当第二基站与核心网存在物理连接时，UE只使用D2D link，将确认反馈传送给第二基站，然后由第二基站传递到达核心网。
第三种：UE只使用蜂窝链路，即UE将确认反馈传送给第一基站，然后由第一基站传递到达核心网。
第四种：UE同时使用上述第三种和第一种传输方式，由第一基站统一上传到核心网。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过第一基站向UE发送测量指示，UE将根据该测量指示测量的第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度发送 给第一基站，以使得第一基站确定UE是否满足与第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件，并且在判断UE满足预设条件后向第二基站发送UE的标识信息，从而使得第二基站根据UE的标识信息向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。本发明实施例提供的方法，通过第二基站将第一基站的资源配置给与第二基站进行D2D通信的UE，使得第一基站的资源可以被该UE和第二基站复用，提高了通信系统的资源利用率。
图16为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十六的信令流程图。本实施例适用于第二基站与核心网之间存在S1物理链路，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图16所示，该方法包括：
S1601：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1602：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
S1603：第二基站发送参考信号。
S1604：第一基站发送第一消息，该第一消息用于向UE指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
具体的，第一信息中至少包含第二基站发送D2D通信的参考信号的频域和/或时域信息。第一消息可以以广播的形式发送。
S1605：UE测量接收到的参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据该参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE满足与所述第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
S1606：UE向第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息。
S1607：第二基站向UE发送携带第一基站的资源配置信息的RRC连接建立响应消息。
S1608：UE根据该RRC连接建立响应消息获取D2D通信所需的通信资源。
需要说明的是，上述第二基站可以为上述进行D2D通信的UE建立一个从第二基站到核心网的S1链接(link)，方便上述UE与核心网之间进行数据交互。
上述S1601-1608可以参见上述实施例的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
图17为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十七的信令流程图。本实施例适用于第二基站与核心网之间存在S1物理链路，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图17所示，该方法包括：
S1701：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1702：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
S1703：第二基站发送参考信号。
S1704：第一基站发送第一消息，该第一消息用于向UE指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
具体的，该第一消息中至少包含第二基站发送D2D通信的参考信号的频域和/或时域信息。第一消息可以以广播的形式发送。
S1705：UE测量接收到的参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据该参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE满足与所述第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
S1706：UE向第一基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息，该RRC连接建立请求消息中携带UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE满足与所述第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
S1707：第一基站将上述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给第二基站。
S1708：第二基站向UE发送携带第一基站的资源配置信息的RRC连接建立响应消息。
S1709：UE根据该RRC连接建立响应消息获取D2D通信所需的通信资源。
需要说明的是，:上述第二基站可以为上述进行D2D通信的UE建立一个从第二基站到核心网的S1链接(link)，方便上述UE与核心网之间进行数据交互。
上述S1701-1709可以参见上述实施例的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
图18为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十八的信令流程图。本实施例适用于第二基站与核心网之间存在S1物理链路，第二基站与UE之间采用D2D模式通信的场景。如图18所示，该方法包括：
S1801：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1802：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
S1803：第二基站发送参考信号。
S1804：第一基站发送第一消息，该第一消息用于向UE指示第二基站支持D2D通信，并告知UE不主动接收第二基站广播的参考信号。
S1805：UE与第一基站建立RRC连接。
S1806：第一基站向UE发送测量指示，所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度。
S1807：UE根据该测量指示接收并测量参考信号的信号接收强度，并将该参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站。
S1808：第一基站根据接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE满足与所述第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
S1809：第一基站向所述第二基站发送UE的标识信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE满足与所述第二基站进行D2D通信的所述预设条件。
需要说明的是，该UE的标识消息的内容可以为要求第二基站为该UE提供通信服务。可选的，如果UE已经给第一基站报告了自身所请求的服务的服务类型，则第一基站也会将该服务类型传递给第二基站，使得第二基站可以根据该服务类型为UE提供相应的服务。
S1810：第一基站向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
S1811：第二基站向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
S1812：UE根据第一基站的资源配置信息获取D2D通信所需的通信资源。
上述S1801-1812可以参见上述实施例的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
图19为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例十九的信令流程图。本实施例适用于MSA的场景，即第一基站从核心网获取数据，然后将该数据中的一部分直接发给UE，另一部分通过第二基站发送给UE，且第二基站与UE的通信模式为D2D通信模式。如图19所示，该方法包括：
S1901：第二基站向第一基站指示第二基站支持D2D通信。
S1902：第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
S1903：第二基站发送参考信号。
S1904：第一基站发送第一消息，该第一消息用于向UE指示第二基站支持D2D通信，并告知UE不主动接收第二基站广播的参考信号。
S1905：UE与第一基站建立RRC连接。
S1906：第一基站向UE发送测量指示，所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站广播的参考信号的信号接收强度。
S1907：UE根据该测量指示接收并测量参考信号的信号接收强度，并将该参考信号的信号接收强度发送给第一基站。
S1908：第一基站根据接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE满足与所述第二基站进行D2D通信的预设条件。
S1909：第一基站向所述第二基站发送UE的标识信息，其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE满足与所述第二基站进行D2D通信的所述预设条件，还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
S1910：第一基站向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
S1911：第二基站向UE发送第一基站的资源配置信息。
S1912：UE根据第一基站的资源配置信息获取D2D通信所需的通信资源。
S1913：第一基站向第二基站发送从核心网获取的数据。
S1914：第二基站将该数据通过D2D通信模式发送给UE，使得UE可以利用上述确定的通信资源接收该数据。
上述S1901-1914可以参见上述实施例的执行过程，在此不再赘述。
在异构网络中，微基站与宏基站或者UE进行通信所使用的资源均是宏基站的上下行资源。但是，微基站在利用宏基站的下行资源接收宏基站下发的数据时，就不能利用该下行资源向UE发送数据，或者微基站在接收其覆盖范围内的某一个UE发送的数据时，就不能同时用上行资源向宏基站发送数据。因此，微基站不能同时与宏基站和UE进行通信，资源只能分时使用， 故资源利用率不高。如何提高微基站的资源利用率是下述实施例所要解决的技术问题。
图20为本发明提供的资源分配方法实施例二十的流程示意图。本实施例涉及的是通过将第二基站与第一基站的通信模式配置为D2D通信模式，从而使得第二基站使用第一基站的资源UE与第一基站同时进行通信的具体过程。本实施例中，第一基站为宏基站，第二基站为微基站。如图20所示，该方法包括：
S2001：第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源，并用于将所述第二基站与所述第一基站的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式。
具体的，本实施例中默认第二基站和第一基站均支持D2D通信，或者，第二基站和第一基站均可以通过相应的D2D检测来获知自身和对方是否均支持D2D通信。若二者均支持，则第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息。可选的，第一基站和第二基站检测自身是否具有D2D通信的能力，可以参见上述方法实施例，在此不再赘述。
当第一基站检测到自身支持D2D通信，并且获知第二基站也支持D2D通信时，第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，进而第一基站可以通过该第一基站的资源配置信息中的通信参数将第一基站与第二基站之间的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式，还可以将第二基站与UE之间的通信模式设置为蜂窝通信模式，并且告知第二基站可以使用第一基站的资源进行通信。
S2002：第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与所述第一基站进行D2D通信。
具体的，本实施例中，第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源可以为第一基站的上行资源，还可以为第一基站的下行资源。由于D2D通信模式本身具有规避资源冲突的能力，因此当第二基站采用第一基站的下行资源接收第一基站发送的数据的同时，还可以利用第一基站的上行资源向UE发送数据，或者，第二基站在采用第一基站的上行资源接收某一个UE发送的数据时，可以同时采用第一基站的下行资源向宏基站发送数据。采用本发明实施例的技术方案，使得微基站收发数据可以同时进行，从而提高了第一基站的资源 利用率。
需要说明的是，第一基站与第二基站进行D2D通信时可以采用图21所示的协议栈或图22所示的协议栈或图23所示的协议栈。其中，图21所示的协议栈与图22所示的协议栈的区别在于，第二基站若采用图21所示的协议栈与第一基站进行D2D通信时可以完全使用D2D链路实现回程线路，而第二基站若采用图22所示的协议栈时可以同时支持蜂窝链路和D2D链路。对于图23所示的协议栈，第二基站此时可以做为一个路由功能节点，实现在IP层转发UE与宏基站的之间的数据；并且，第二基站与宏基站之间的链路是D2D链路，第二基站与UE之间就是普通的蜂窝链路(celluar link)。
另外，上述图4、图21至图23协议栈中，S1-AP指的是S1应用协议层(S1-Application Protocol，以下简称S1-AP)，SCTP指的是流控制传输协议层(Stream Control Transmission Protocol，以下简称SCTP)，IP为网络互连协议层(Internet Protocol，以下简称IP)，RRC为无线资源控制层(Radio Resource Control，以下简称RRC)，PDCP为分组数据汇聚协议层(Packet Data Convergence Protocol，以下简称PDCP)，RLC为无线链路控制层(Radio Link Control，以下简称RLC)，MAC为媒体介入控制层(Media Access Control，以下简称MAC)，PHY为物理层(Physical)，D2D PHY指的是D2D通信模式下的PHY，NAS为非接入层(Non-Access Stratum，以下简称NAS)。
本发明实施例提供的资源分配方法，通过将第一基站和第二基站分别部署为支持D2D通信的基站，并且第一基站将与第二基站的通信模式配置为D2D通信模式，使得第二基站在接收数据的同时可以使用第一基站的上行资源与第一基站进行D2D通信，即使得第二基站的收发数据可以同时进行，从而提高了第一基站的资源利用率。
本领域普通技术人员可以理解：实现上述方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成，前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中，该程序在执行时，执行包括上述方法实施例的步骤；而前述的存储介质包括：ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
图24为本发明提供的基站实施例一的结构示意图。该基站可以为上述方法实施例中的第二基站。如图24所示，该基站包括：接收模块11和发送模 块12。其中，接收模块11，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息；发送模块12，用于向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
进一步地，上述发送模块12，还用于在接收模块11接收所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，向所述第一基站指示所述基站支持D2D通信。更进一步地，上述发送模块12，具体用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式，上述发送模块12，还用于在向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息前，向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；所述接收模块11，还用于接收所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
可选的，当所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述基站时，所述发送模块12，具体用于向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。该建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
可选的，当所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述基站时，所述发送模块12，具体用于根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站资源配置信息；该建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信。该建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式，所述接收模块11，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信；所述发送模块12，具体用于根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配 置信息。
可选的，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式，可选的，所述接收模块11，还用于在所述发送模块12根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，接收所述第一基站发送的数据；所述发送模块12，还用于根据第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述数据。
可选的，所述发送模块12，具体用于通过所述第一基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，所述接收模块11，具体用于接收所述UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述发送模块12，具体用于向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，其中，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括所述第一基站的上行资源和/或所述第一基站的下行资源。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
本发明实施例二提供一种基站。该基站可以为上述方法实施例中的第一基站。该基站包括：发送模块21，用于向第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息，所述基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
图25为本发明提供的基站实施例三的结构示意图。在上述图24所示实施例的基础上，该基站还包括处理模块22；该处理模块22，用于根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
更进一步地，该基站还包括接收模块23；则上述发送模块21，还用于在向所述第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息之后，向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信，则该接收模块23，用于接收所述UE发送的携带第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求 消息；所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；则所述发送模块21，还用于将所述UE的标识携带在所述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给所述第二基站，以使所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述基站的资源配置信息。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
继续参照图25，上述发送模块21，还用于向所述UE发送第一消息，并向所述UE发送测量指示；其中，所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；所述处理模块22，还用于根据所述接收模块23接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；则发送模块21，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
进一步地，上述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
可选的，所述接收模块23，还用于在所述发送模块21向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带所述第一标识的第二指示信息之后，接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述基站的资源配置信息，所述发送模块21，还用于将所述基站的资源配置信息发送给所述UE。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
图26为本发明提供的用户设备实施例一的结构示意图。如图26所示，该UE包括：接收模块31，用于接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息；处理模块32，用于根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信所需要的通信资源。
本发明实施例提供的UE，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术 效果类似，在此不再赘述。
进一步地，所述接收模块31，具体用于接收所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
图27为本发明提供的用户设备实施例二的结构示意图。在上述实施例的基础上，该UE还包括发送模块33。则在本实施例中，所述接收模块31，还用于在接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；所述发送模块33，用于发送所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式，上述接收模块31，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；所述处理模块32，具体用于测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述发送模块33，具体用于在所述处理模块32根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，发送所述建立请求消息。该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
可选的，所述接收模块31，具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的建立响应消息，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
可选的，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，所述接收模块31，具体用于接收所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识发送的建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。上述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式，所述处理模块32，具体用于根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；所述发送模块33，具体用于将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所 述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述接收模块31，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，并接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
进一步地，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
可选的，所述接收模块31，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站通过所述第一基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，所述发送模块33，具体用于向所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息；所述接收模块31，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
本发明实施例提供的UE，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
图28为本发明提供的基站实施例四的结构示意图。该基站可以为上述方法实施例中的第二基站。如图28所示，该基站包括：接收模块41，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源，并用于将所述基站与所述第一基站的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式；处理模块42，用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与所述第一基站进行D2D通信。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
图29为本发明提供的基站实施例五的结构示意图。该基站可以为上述方法实施例中的第二基站。如图29所示，该基站包括：接收器51和发送器52。其中，接收器51，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息；发送器52，用于向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技 术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
进一步地，上述发送器52，还用于在接收器51接收所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，向所述第一基站指示所述基站支持D2D通信。更进一步地，上述发送器52，具体用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式，上述发送器52，还用于在向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息前，向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；所述接收器51，还用于接收所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
可选的，当所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述基站时，所述发送器52，具体用于向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。该建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
可选的，当所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述基站时，所述发送器52，具体用于根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站资源配置信息；该建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信。该建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式，所述接收器51，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信；所述发送器52，具体用于根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式，可选的，所述接收器51，还用于在所述发送器52根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基 站的资源配置信息之后，接收所述第一基站发送的数据；所述发送器52，还用于根据第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述数据。
可选的，所述发送器52，具体用于通过所述第一基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，所述接收器51，具体用于接收所述UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述发送器52，具体用于向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，其中，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括所述第一基站的上行资源和/或所述第一基站的下行资源。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
本发明实施例六提供一种基站。该基站可以为上述方法实施例中的第一基站。该基站包括：发送器61，用于向第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息，所述基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
图30为本发明提供的基站实施例七的结构示意图。在上述图29所示实施例的基础上，该基站还包括处理器62；该处理器62，用于根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
更进一步地，该基站还包括接收器63；则上述发送器61，还用于在向所述第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息之后，向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信，则该接收器63，用于接收所述UE发送的携带第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；则所述发送器61，还用于将所述UE的标识携带在所述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给所述第二基站，以使所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述基站的资源配置信息。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
继续参照图30，上述发送器61，还用于向所述UE发送第一消息，并向所述UE发送测量指示；其中，所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；所述处理器62，还用于根据所述接收器63接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；则发送器61，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
进一步地，上述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
可选的，所述接收器63，还用于在所述发送器61向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带所述第一标识的第二指示信息之后，接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述基站的资源配置信息，所述发送器61，还用于将所述基站的资源配置信息发送给所述UE。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
图31为本发明提供的用户设备实施例三的结构示意图。如图31所示，该UE包括：接收器71，用于接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息；处理器72，用于根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信所需要的通信资源。
本发明实施例提供的UE，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
进一步地，所述接收器71，具体用于接收所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
图32为本发明提供的用户设备实施例四的结构示意图。在上述实施例的基础上，该UE还包括发送器73。则在本实施例中，所述接收器71，还用于 在接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；所述发送器73，用于发送所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
作为本发明实施例的一种可能的实施方式，上述接收器71，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；所述处理器72，具体用于测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述发送器73，具体用于在所述处理器72根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，发送所述建立请求消息。该建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
可选的，所述接收器71，具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的建立响应消息，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
可选的，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，所述接收器71，具体用于接收所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识发送的建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。上述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
作为本发明实施例的另一种可能的实施方式，所述处理器72，具体用于根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；所述发送器73，具体用于将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述接收器71，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，并接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
进一步地，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
可选的，所述接收器71，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站通过所述第一基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
可选的，所述发送器73，具体用于向所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息；所述接收器71，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
本发明实施例提供的UE，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
图33为本发明提供的基站实施例八的结构示意图。该基站可以为上述方法实施例中的第二基站。如图33所示，该基站包括：接收器81，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源，并用于将所述基站与所述第一基站的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式；处理器82，用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与所述第一基站进行D2D通信。
本发明实施例提供的基站，可以执行上述方法实施例，其实现原理和技术效果类似，在此不再赘述。
最后应说明的是：以上各实施例仅用以说明本发明的技术方案，而非对其限制；尽管参照前述各实施例对本发明进行了详细的说明，本领域的普通技术人员应当理解：其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改，或者对其中部分或者全部技术特征进行等同替换；而这些修改或者替换，并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本发明各实施例技术方案的范围。

Claims (66)

  1. 一种资源分配方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息；
    所述第二基站向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站接收所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，还包括：
    所述第二基站向所述第一基站指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息前，还包括：
    所述第二基站向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；
    所述第二基站接收所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
  6. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述第二基站向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息，其中，所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
  7. 根据权利要求4或5所述的方法，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，则所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。
  8. 根据权利要求6或7所述方法，其特征在于，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
  9. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，还包括：
    所述第二基站接收所述第一基站发送的数据；
    所述第二基站根据第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述数据。
  12. 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述第二基站通过所述第一基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  13. 根据权利要求9-11任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述第二基站接收所述UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息；
    所述第二基站向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，其中，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  14. 根据权利要求1-13任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括所述第一基站的上行资源和/或所述第一 基站的下行资源。
  15. 一种资源分配方法，其特征在于，包括：
    第一基站向第二基站发送第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，还包括：
    所述第一基站根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一基站向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
    所述第一基站接收所述UE发送的携带第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述第一指示信息用于向所述第一基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述第一基站将所述UE的标识携带在所述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给所述第二基站，以使所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  18. 根据权利要求15或16所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述第一基站向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
    所述第一基站向所述UE发送测量指示，所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；
    所述第一基站根据接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述 第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
  20. 根据权利要求18或19所述的方法，其特征在于，所述第一基站向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带所述第一标识的第二指示信息之后，还包括：
    所述第一基站接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，并将所述第一基站的资源配置信息发送给所述UE。
  21. 一种资源分配方法，其特征在于，包括：
    用户设备UE接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息；
    所述UE根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信所需要的通信资源。
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述UE接收所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，所述方法还包括：
    所述UE接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；
    所述UE发送所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE发送所述建立请求消息，具体包括：
    所述UE接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
    所述UE测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述UE发送所述建立请求消息。
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
  26. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述UE接收所述第二基站发送的建立响应消息，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
  27. 根据权利要求23-25任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述UE接收所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识发送的建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。
  28. 根据权利要求26或27所述的方法，其特征在于，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
  29. 根据权利要求21或22所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述UE根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；
    所述UE将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述UE接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源 配置信息。
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站通过所述第一基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  32. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息，包括：
    所述UE向所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息；
    所述UE接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  33. 一种资源分配方法，其特征在于，包括：
    所述第二基站接收第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源，并用于将所述第二基站与所述第一基站的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式；
    所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与所述第一基站进行D2D通信。
  34. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息；
    发送模块，用于向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息；所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
  35. 根据权利要求34所述的基站，其特征在于，所述发送模块，还用于在接收模块接收所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，向所述第一基站指示所述基站支持D2D通信。
  36. 根据权利要求34或35所述的基站，其特征在于，所述发送模块，具体用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  37. 根据权利要求34-36任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述发送模 块，还用于在向用户设备UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息前，向所述UE发送参考信号；所述参考信号用于指示所述UE发送建立请求消息；
    所述接收模块，还用于接收所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的基站，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的基站，其特征在于，所述发送模块，具体用于向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息，其中，所述建立请求消息是所述UE直接发送给所述基站的。
  40. 根据权利要求37或38所述的基站，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信，则所述发送模块，具体用于根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述基站的。
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的基站，其特征在于，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
  42. 根据权利要求34-36任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述基站进行D2D通信；
    所述发送模块，具体用于根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  43. 根据权利要求42所述的基站，其特征在于，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
  44. 根据权利要求43所述的基站，其特征在于，所述接收模块，还用于在所述发送模块根据所述UE的标识信息向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息之后，接收所述第一基站发送的数据；
    所述发送模块，还用于根据第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源向所述UE发送所述数据。
  45. 根据权利要求42-44任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述发送模块，具体用于通过所述第一基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  46. 根据权利要求42-44任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述UE发送的RRC连接建立请求消息；
    所述发送模块，具体用于向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，其中，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  47. 根据权利要求34-46任一项所述的基站，其特征在于，所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源包括所述第一基站的上行资源和/或所述第一基站的下行资源。
  48. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：
    发送模块，用于向第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息，所述基站的资源配置信息用于配置用户设备UE与所述第二基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源。
  49. 根据权利要求48所述的基站，其特征在于，所述基站还包括：
    处理模块，用于根据所述第二基站的指示确定所述第二基站支持D2D通信。
  50. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述基站还包括接收模块；
    所述发送模块，还用于在向所述第二基站发送所述基站的资源配置信息之后，向所述UE发送第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
    所述接收模块，用于接收所述UE发送的携带第一指示信息的RRC连接建立请求消息；所述第一指示信息用于向所述基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    则所述发送模块，还用于将所述UE的标识携带在所述RRC连接建立请求消息发送给所述第二基站，以使所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识向所述UE发送RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述基站的资源配置信息。
  51. 根据权利要求48或49所述的基站，其特征在于，所述基站还包括 接收模块；
    所述发送模块，还用于向所述UE发送第一消息，并向所述UE发送测量指示；其中，所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；所述测量指示用于指示所述UE测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；
    所述处理模块，还用于根据所述接收模块接收到的所述UE上报的所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    则发送模块，还用于向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带第一标识的第二指示信息；其中，所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；所述第二指示信息用于向所述UE指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的基站，其特征在于，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
  53. 根据权利要求51或52所述的基站，其特征在于，所述接收模块，还用于在所述发送模块向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息，并向所述UE发送携带所述第一标识的第二指示信息之后，接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述基站的资源配置信息，
    所述发送模块，还用于将所述基站的资源配置信息发送给所述UE。
  54. 一种用户设备UE，其特征在于，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收第二基站发送的第一基站的资源配置信息；
    处理模块，用于根据所述第一基站的资源配置信息确定D2D通信所需要的通信资源。
  55. 根据权利要求54所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第二基站采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  56. 根据权利要求54或55所述的UE，其特征在于，所述UE还包括发送模块；
    所述接收模块，还用于在接收第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息之前，接收所述第二基站发送的参考信号，所述参考信号用于指示所述 UE发送建立请求消息；
    所述发送模块，用于发送所述建立请求消息，所述建立请求消息用于请求所述第二基站向所述UE发送所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  57. 根据权利要求56所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的第一消息；所述第一消息用于向所述UE指示所述第二基站支持D2D通信；
    所述处理模块，具体用于测量所述参考信号的信号接收强度，并根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述发送模块，具体用于在所述处理模块根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，发送所述建立请求消息。
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的UE，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息为RRC连接建立请求消息。
  59. 根据权利要求56-58任一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第二基站发送的建立响应消息，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE直接发送给所述第二基站的。
  60. 根据权利要求56-58任一项所述的UE，其特征在于，所述建立请求消息中包括所述UE的标识和第一指示信息，所述第一指示信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第二基站根据所述UE的标识发送的建立响应消息，其中，所述建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述建立请求消息为所述UE通过所述第一基站发送给所述第二基站的。
  61. 根据权利要求59或60所述的UE，其特征在于，所述建立响应消息为RRC连接建立响应消息。
  62. 根据权利要求54或55所述的UE，其特征在于，所述处理模块，具体用于根据所述第一基站发送的测量指示，测量所述第二基站发送的参考信号的信号接收强度；
    所述发送模块，具体用于将所述参考信号的信号接收强度上报给所述第 一基站，以使所述第一基站根据所述参考信号的信号接收强度确定所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信后，向所述第二基站发送所述UE的标识信息；所述UE的标识信息用于向所述第二基站指示所述UE支持与所述第二基站进行D2D通信；
    所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一基站发送的携带第一标识的第二指示信息，并接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息；其中，所述第二指示信息用于指示所述UE与所述第一标识对应的第二基站进行D2D通信。
  63. 根据权利要求62所述的UE，其特征在于，所述UE的标识信息还用于指示所述第二基站作为所述UE的第二服务小区。
  64. 根据权利要求62或63所述的UE，其特征在于，所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站通过所述第一基站发送的所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  65. 根据权利要求62或63所述的UE，其特征在于，所述发送模块，具体用于向所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送RRC连接建立请求消息；
    所述接收模块，具体用于接收所述第一标识对应的第二基站发送的RRC连接建立响应消息，所述RRC连接建立响应消息包含所述第一基站的资源配置信息。
  66. 一种基站，其特征在于，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收第一基站的资源配置信息，所述第一基站的资源配置信息用于配置所述UE与所述基站进行设备与设备D2D通信的资源，并用于将所述基站与所述第一基站的通信模式设置为D2D通信模式；
    处理模块，用于采用所述第一基站的资源配置信息所配置的资源与所述第一基站进行D2D通信。
PCT/CN2014/094995 2014-12-25 2014-12-25 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备 WO2016101221A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP14908789.2A EP3229538B1 (en) 2014-12-25 2014-12-25 Resource allocation method, base station and user equipment
PCT/CN2014/094995 WO2016101221A1 (zh) 2014-12-25 2014-12-25 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备
CN201480084261.4A CN107113785B (zh) 2014-12-25 2014-12-25 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备
US15/631,624 US10674482B2 (en) 2014-12-25 2017-06-23 Resource allocation method, base station, and user equipment

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/094995 WO2016101221A1 (zh) 2014-12-25 2014-12-25 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/631,624 Continuation US10674482B2 (en) 2014-12-25 2017-06-23 Resource allocation method, base station, and user equipment

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016101221A1 true WO2016101221A1 (zh) 2016-06-30

Family

ID=56148951

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/094995 WO2016101221A1 (zh) 2014-12-25 2014-12-25 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US10674482B2 (zh)
EP (1) EP3229538B1 (zh)
CN (1) CN107113785B (zh)
WO (1) WO2016101221A1 (zh)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108365908A (zh) * 2017-01-26 2018-08-03 华为技术有限公司 一种信息发送、接收方法及装置
WO2020143745A1 (zh) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 V2x的通信方法及装置、存储介质和电子装置

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2020231302A1 (en) * 2019-05-13 2020-11-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Handling of radio resource between terminal devices

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013177183A1 (en) * 2012-05-21 2013-11-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for providing d2d system information to a ue served by a home evolved node-b
CN103442409A (zh) * 2013-08-20 2013-12-11 浙江大学 宏蜂窝与小蜂窝异构网络下的用户接入方法
CN103916968A (zh) * 2013-01-04 2014-07-09 中国移动通信集团公司 资源分配方法及基站
CN103974419A (zh) * 2013-01-29 2014-08-06 华为技术有限公司 降低干扰的方法和设备

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103200634B (zh) * 2012-01-05 2016-10-05 华为技术有限公司 小区间切换的方法及装置
WO2013162345A1 (ko) * 2012-04-27 2013-10-31 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 장치-대-장치 통신을 수행하는 방법 및 장치
US9408125B2 (en) * 2012-07-05 2016-08-02 Qualcomm Incorporated Aggregation of data bearers for carrier aggregation
CN103716885B (zh) * 2012-09-28 2017-09-29 电信科学技术研究院 一种本地承载管理方法及设备
US10091821B2 (en) * 2013-06-26 2018-10-02 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and network node for activation of connection configuration for a secondary base station
CN104254144B (zh) * 2013-06-27 2019-07-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 模式切换方法及装置
KR102020350B1 (ko) * 2013-07-19 2019-09-10 삼성전자 주식회사 무선이동통신시스템에서 d2d 통신을 지원/사용하는 단말기의 이동성을 지원하는 방안
CN104349497B (zh) * 2013-08-01 2019-10-08 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 Ue间接近发现方法和设备
CA2919307A1 (en) * 2013-08-05 2015-02-12 Fujitsu Limited Network configuration method and apparatus and system
US20150119055A1 (en) * 2013-10-31 2015-04-30 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute D2d (device-to-device) discovery method and resource allocation method
EP3518595B1 (en) * 2013-11-01 2020-09-16 LG Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for performing operation related to radio link failure in a heterogeneous network
EP3097650B1 (en) * 2014-01-21 2019-08-28 LG Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for exchanging between enb information on device-to-device resources in wireless communication system
EP3125611B1 (en) * 2014-05-09 2019-12-18 Fujitsu Limited Resource selection device and communication system
WO2016076676A1 (ko) * 2014-11-16 2016-05-19 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말에 의해 수행되는 d2d 관련 정보 보고 방법 및 상기 방법을 이용하는 단말

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2013177183A1 (en) * 2012-05-21 2013-11-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Methods and apparatus for providing d2d system information to a ue served by a home evolved node-b
CN103916968A (zh) * 2013-01-04 2014-07-09 中国移动通信集团公司 资源分配方法及基站
CN103974419A (zh) * 2013-01-29 2014-08-06 华为技术有限公司 降低干扰的方法和设备
CN103442409A (zh) * 2013-08-20 2013-12-11 浙江大学 宏蜂窝与小蜂窝异构网络下的用户接入方法

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3229538A4 *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108365908A (zh) * 2017-01-26 2018-08-03 华为技术有限公司 一种信息发送、接收方法及装置
WO2020143745A1 (zh) * 2019-01-11 2020-07-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 V2x的通信方法及装置、存储介质和电子装置

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US10674482B2 (en) 2020-06-02
EP3229538A4 (en) 2017-12-13
EP3229538B1 (en) 2020-06-10
CN107113785A (zh) 2017-08-29
CN107113785B (zh) 2020-11-27
US20170295563A1 (en) 2017-10-12
EP3229538A1 (en) 2017-10-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10925106B2 (en) Mobile communication system, control apparatus, base station, and user terminal supporting dual connectivity
EP3050395B1 (en) User equipment and method for device-to-device (d2d) communication
JP5920801B2 (ja) データ転送方法、装置、および通信システム
WO2018024128A1 (zh) 一种小区配置方法及装置
JP6146832B2 (ja) デバイス間通信のハンドオーバのための方法及び装置
JP6714578B2 (ja) デバイスツーデバイスサービス処理方法及び装置
US9730129B2 (en) PDCP operation for dual connection
US9743329B2 (en) Base station handover method, X2 interface setup method, base station, user equipment and system
WO2017193380A1 (zh) 通信方法和装置
JP6687452B2 (ja) 移動通信システム、ユーザ端末、プロセッサ、記憶媒体及びプログラム
JP2022553672A (ja) 無線通信システムにおけるエンドツーエンドのスライシング
KR20210001934A (ko) 무선 통신 시스템에서 사이드링크 통신을 구성하기 위한 방법 및 장치
KR20180063070A (ko) 원거리 통신 장치들 및 방법들
KR20230128404A (ko) 디바이스 대 디바이스간(d2d) 통신을 위한 모바일 릴레이 구현
WO2017215275A1 (zh) 实现业务连续性的通信方法及装置
KR20190002431A (ko) 통신 방법, 단말 기기 및 네트워크 기기
WO2014198133A1 (zh) 一种数据无线承载drb的资源分配方法及装置
US20230189101A1 (en) Methods and Apparatus for Change of Connection Link Involving Sidelink Relays
US11470479B2 (en) Dynamic spectrum sharing in wireless communications systems
EP3017639B1 (en) Adaptive resource allocation for simultaneous operation of cellular and device to device communications
WO2022212493A1 (en) Method and apparatus for path selection and duplication via sidelink and direct link
WO2016101221A1 (zh) 资源分配方法、基站和用户设备
CN104641689B (zh) 用户设备接入网络的方法和接入设备
KR20240035877A (ko) 네트워크 최적화 방법 및 통신 장치
WO2016119441A1 (zh) 业务迁移方法及装置

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14908789

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2014908789

Country of ref document: EP